Sārāvalī

यस्योदये जगदिदं प्रतिबोधमेति मध्यस्थिते प्रसरति प्रकृतिक्रियासु। अस्तं गते स्वपिति चोच्छ्वसितैकमात्रं भावत्रये स जयति प्रकटप्रभावः

yasyodaye jagadidaṃ pratibodhameti madhyasthite prasarati prakṛtikriyāsu| astaṃ gate svapiti cocchvasitaikamātraṃ bhāvatraye sa jayati prakaṭaprabhāvaḥ

At whose rising this world comes awake; when he stands at the middle ⟨of the sky⟩ it goes forth into its natural activities; and when he has gone to setting it sleeps, with nothing left of it but breathing — in ⟨these⟩ three states victorious is he ⟨the Sun⟩, whose power stands manifest.

विस्तरकृतानि मुनिभिः परिहृत्य पुरातनानि शास्त्राणि। होरातन्त्रं रचितं वराहमिहिरेण संक्षेपात्

vistarakṛtāni munibhiḥ parihṛtya purātanāni śāstrāṇi| horātantraṃ racitaṃ varāhamihireṇa saṃkṣepāt

Setting aside the ancient śāstras that the sages had made at ⟨great⟩ length, the horā-tantra was composed by Varāhamihira in abridgement.

राशिदशवर्गभूपतियोगायुर्दायतो दशादीनाम्। विषयविभागं स्पष्टं कर्तुं न तु शक्यते यतस्तेन

rāśidaśavargabhūpatiyogāyurdāyato daśādīnām| viṣayavibhāgaṃ spaṣṭaṃ kartuṃ na tu śakyate yatastena

⟨But⟩ since by that ⟨abridgement⟩ a clear apportioning of the subject-matter cannot be made — of rāśi, the ten vargas, the yogas of kingship, the āyurdāya ⟨the allotment of life-span⟩, and of the daśās and the rest — therefore:

अत एव विस्तरेभ्यो यवननरेन्द्रादिरचितशास्त्रेभ्यः। सकलमसारं त्यक्त्वा तेभ्यः सारं समुद्ध्रियते

ata eva vistarebhyo yavananarendrādiracitaśāstrebhyaḥ| sakalamasāraṃ tyaktvā tebhyaḥ sāraṃ samuddhriyate

— for this very reason, from the extensive śāstras composed by the Yavana king ⟨Yavaneśvara⟩ and others, everything without essence ⟨asāra⟩ is discarded and the essence ⟨sāra⟩ is drawn up out of them.

देवग्रामपुरप्रपोषणबलाद्ब्रह्माण्डसत्पञ्जरे कीर्तिर्हंसविलासिनीव सहसा यस्येह भात्यातता। श्रीमद्व्याघ्रपदीश्वरो रचयति स्पष्टां स सारावलीं होराशास्त्रविनिर्मलीकृतमनाः कल्याणवर्मा कृती

devagrāmapuraprapoṣaṇabalādbrahmāṇḍasatpañjare kīrtirhaṃsavilāsinīva sahasā yasyeha bhātyātatā| śrīmadvyāghrapadīśvaro racayati spaṣṭāṃ sa sārāvalīṃ horāśāstravinirmalīkṛtamanāḥ kalyāṇavarmā kṛtī

⟨He⟩ whose fame, outspread, shines out here all at once in the fair cage of the cosmic egg ⟨brahmāṇḍa⟩ like a swan-hen at play — by the strength of his sustaining of the gods ⟨their temples⟩, of villages and of towns — that illustrious lord of Vyāghrapada, the accomplished Kalyāṇavarman, his mind made spotless by the horāśāstra, composes the lucid Sārāvalī.

होरातृष्णार्तानां शिष्याणां स्फुटतरार्थशिशिरजला। कल्याणवर्मशैलान्नदीव सारावली प्रसृता

horātṛṣṇārtānāṃ śiṣyāṇāṃ sphuṭatarārthaśiśirajalā| kalyāṇavarmaśailānnadīva sārāvalī prasṛtā

For disciples tormented by thirst for horā, the Sārāvalī has flowed forth like a river from the mountain that is Kalyāṇavarman — its waters cool with meanings ⟨made⟩ exceedingly clear.

विधात्रा लिखिता याऽसौ ललाटेऽक्षरमालिका। दैवज्ञस्तां पठेद्व्यक्तं होरानिर्मलचक्षुषा

vidhātrā likhitā yā'sau lalāṭe'kṣaramālikā| daivajñastāṃ paṭhedvyaktaṃ horānirmalacakṣuṣā

That garland of letters which the Creator ⟨Vidhātṛ⟩ has written upon the forehead — that the astrologer (daivajña) can read out plainly, with the spotless eye that is horā.

आद्यन्तवर्णलोपाद्धोराशास्त्रं भवत्यहोरात्रम्। तत्प्रतिबद्धश्चायं ग्रहभगणश्चिन्त्यते यस्मात्

ādyantavarṇalopāddhorāśāstraṃ bhavatyahorātram| tatpratibaddhaścāyaṃ grahabhagaṇaścintyate yasmāt

By the dropping of the first and the last syllable, ⟨the word⟩ ahorātra ⟨'a day and a night'⟩ becomes the horā-śāstra — since what is examined ⟨here⟩ is this revolution of the grahas (grahabhagaṇa), which is bound to that ⟨day and night⟩.

कर्मफललाभहेतुं चतुराः संवर्णयन्त्यन्ये। होरेति शास्त्रसंज्ञा लग्नस्य तथार्धराशेश्च

karmaphalalābhahetuṃ caturāḥ saṃvarṇayantyanye| horeti śāstrasaṃjñā lagnasya tathārdharāśeśca

Others, the clever, describe ⟨horā⟩ as the cause of the obtaining of the fruit of karman. 'Horā' is the name of the śāstra, and likewise of the lagna and of the half of a rāśi.

जातकमिति प्रसिद्धं यल्लोके तदिह कीर्त्यते होरा। अथवा दैवविमर्शनपर्यायः खल्वयं शब्दः

jātakamiti prasiddhaṃ yalloke tadiha kīrtyate horā| athavā daivavimarśanaparyāyaḥ khalvayaṃ śabdaḥ

What is famed in the world as jātaka is here called horā; or else this word is indeed a synonym for the deliberation upon daiva ⟨what fate has allotted⟩.

अर्थार्जने सहायः पुरुषाणामापदर्णवे पोतः। यात्रासमये मन्त्री जातकमपहाय नास्त्यपरः

arthārjane sahāyaḥ puruṣāṇāmāpadarṇave potaḥ| yātrāsamaye mantrī jātakamapahāya nāstyaparaḥ

For men, a helper in the winning of wealth, a boat in the ocean of calamity, a counsellor at the time of a journey — setting jātaka aside, there is no other.

तमसावृते समन्ताज्जलभूते भूतले ततोऽकस्मात्। उदितो भगवान् भानुः प्रकाशयन् स्वप्रकाशेन

tamasāvṛte samantājjalabhūte bhūtale tato'kasmāt| udito bhagavān bhānuḥ prakāśayan svaprakāśena

When the surface of the earth, filled with water, lay covered on every side by darkness, then all at once the Lord Bhānu ⟨the Sun⟩ rose, illuminating ⟨all⟩ with his own light —

व्यसृजज्जगत्समस्तं ग्रहर्क्षसंघातकल्पितावगतम्। द्वादशभेदैश्चित्रः कालः संप्रस्तुतस्तस्मात्

vyasṛjajjagatsamastaṃ graharkṣasaṃghātakalpitāvagatam| dvādaśabhedaiścitraḥ kālaḥ saṃprastutastasmāt

… and sent forth this whole world, ⟨which is⟩ understood as fashioned out of the aggregate of the grahas and the asterisms ⟨nakṣatras⟩. From that ⟨Sun⟩ has come forth Time, made manifold by its twelve divisions.

मेषवृषमिथुनकर्कटसिंहाः कन्या तुलाथ वृश्चिककः। धन्वी मकरः कुम्भो मीनस्त्विति राशिनामानि

meṣavṛṣamithunakarkaṭasiṃhāḥ kanyā tulātha vṛścikakaḥ| dhanvī makaraḥ kumbho mīnastviti rāśināmāni

Meṣa, Vṛṣa, Mithuna, Karkaṭa, Siṃha, Kanyā, then Tulā, Vṛścika, Dhanvin, Makara, Kumbha and Mīna — these are the names of the rāśis.

कुम्भः कुम्भधरो नरोऽथ मिथुनं वीणागदाभृन्नरौ मीनो मीनयुगं धनुश्च सधनुः पश्चाच्छरीरो हयः। एणास्यो मकरः प्रदीपसहिता कन्या च नौसंस्थिता शेषो राशिगणः स्वनामसदृशो धत्ते तुलाभृत्तुलाम्

kumbhaḥ kumbhadharo naro'tha mithunaṃ vīṇāgadābhṛnnarau mīno mīnayugaṃ dhanuśca sadhanuḥ paścāccharīro hayaḥ| eṇāsyo makaraḥ pradīpasahitā kanyā ca nausaṃsthitā śeṣo rāśigaṇaḥ svanāmasadṛśo dhatte tulābhṛttulām

Kumbha is a man carrying a pot; Mithuna, two persons bearing a vīṇā and a mace; Mīna, a pair of fish; Dhanus, ⟨an archer⟩ with a bow, his hinder body a horse; Makara has the face of a deer; Kanyā ⟨is a maiden⟩ holding a lamp and standing in a boat. The rest of the rāśi-group is like its own name; and the balance-bearer ⟨Tulā⟩ holds a balance.

शीर्षास्यबाहुहृदयं जठरं कटिबस्तिमेहनोरुयुगम्। जानू जंघे चरणौ कालस्याङ्गानि राशयोऽजाद्याः

śīrṣāsyabāhuhṛdayaṃ jaṭharaṃ kaṭibastimehanoruyugam| jānū jaṃghe caraṇau kālasyāṅgāni rāśayo'jādyāḥ

Head, face, arms, chest, belly, waist, pelvis, genitals, the pair of thighs, the knees, the shanks and the feet — the rāśis beginning with Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩ are the limbs of Kāla ⟨Time embodied⟩.

कालनरस्यावयवान्पुरुषाणां कल्पयेत्प्रसवकाले। सदसद्ग्रहसंयोगात्पुष्टान्सोपद्रवांश्चापि

kālanarasyāvayavānpuruṣāṇāṃ kalpayetprasavakāle| sadasadgrahasaṃyogātpuṣṭānsopadravāṃścāpi

At the time of birth one should map the limbs of the Kāla-puruṣa ⟨the Time-Man⟩ onto ⟨the limbs⟩ of men — sound, or beset with affliction, according to their conjunction with benefic and malefic grahas.

मेषादीनां क्रियतावुरुजुतुमकुलीरलेयपाथोनाः। संज्ञास्तु जूककौर्पिकतौक्षाकोकेरहृदयरोगान्त्याः

meṣādīnāṃ kriyatāvurujutumakulīraleyapāthonāḥ| saṃjñāstu jūkakaurpikataukṣākokerahṛdayarogāntyāḥ

Of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Meṣa the ⟨further⟩ designations are: Kriya, Tāvuru, Jutuma, Kulīra, Leya, Pāthona; and Jūka, Kaurpika, Taukṣa, Ākokera, Hṛdayaroga and Antya.

ऋक्षं भवननामानि राशिः क्षेत्रं भमेव वा। उक्तानि पूर्वमुनिभिस्तुल्यार्थप्रतिपत्तये

ṛkṣaṃ bhavananāmāni rāśiḥ kṣetraṃ bhameva vā| uktāni pūrvamunibhistulyārthapratipattaye

Ṛkṣa, bhavana, rāśi, kṣetra, or else bha — ⟨these⟩ names were stated by the earlier sages so that one and the same thing should be understood ⟨by all of them⟩.

द्वादशमण्डलभगणं तस्यार्धे सिंहतो रविर्नाथः। कर्कटकात्प्रतिलोमं शशी तथान्येऽपि तत्स्थानात्

dvādaśamaṇḍalabhagaṇaṃ tasyārdhe siṃhato ravirnāthaḥ| karkaṭakātpratilomaṃ śaśī tathānye'pi tatsthānāt

The bhagaṇa ⟨the zodiac⟩ is a circle of twelve. In one half of it, from Siṃha onward, the Sun is lord; from Karkaṭaka in the reverse direction, the Moon; and so too the others, from those ⟨two⟩ places.

भानोरर्धे विहगैः शूरास्तेजस्विनश्च साहसिकाः। शशिनो मृदवः सौम्याः सौभाग्ययुताः प्रजायन्ते

bhānorardhe vihagaiḥ śūrāstejasvinaśca sāhasikāḥ| śaśino mṛdavaḥ saumyāḥ saubhāgyayutāḥ prajāyante

⟨Those born⟩ with the sky-goers ⟨grahas⟩ in the Sun's half are brave, lustrous and daring; ⟨those born with them⟩ in the Moon's ⟨half⟩ come out gentle, mild and endowed with good fortune.

कुजभृगुबुधेन्दुरविशशिसुतसितरुधिरार्यमन्दशनिजीवाः। गृहपा नवभागानामजमृग घटकर्कटाद्याश्च

kujabhṛgubudhenduraviśaśisutasitarudhirāryamandaśanijīvāḥ| gṛhapā navabhāgānāmajamṛga ghaṭakarkaṭādyāśca

Kuja ⟨Mars⟩, Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩, Budha ⟨Mercury⟩, Indu ⟨the Moon⟩, Ravi ⟨the Sun⟩, Śaśisuta ⟨Mercury⟩, Sita ⟨Venus⟩, Rudhira ⟨Mars⟩, Ārya ⟨Jupiter⟩, Manda ⟨Saturn⟩, Śani ⟨Saturn⟩ and Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩ are the house-lords of the navabhāgas ⟨navāṃśas⟩; and ⟨these are reckoned⟩ from Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, ⟨Tulā⟩ and Karkaṭa onward.

भवनाधिपैः समस्तं जातकविहितं विचिन्तयेन्मतिमान्। एभिर्विना न शक्यं पदमपि गन्तुं महाशास्त्रे

bhavanādhipaiḥ samastaṃ jātakavihitaṃ vicintayenmatimān| ebhirvinā na śakyaṃ padamapi gantuṃ mahāśāstre

By means of the lords of the bhavanas ⟨signs⟩ the intelligent man should weigh everything laid down in jātaka; without these one cannot move even a single step in this great śāstra.

वर्गोत्तमा नवांशास्तथादिमध्यान्तगाश्चराद्येषु। सूतौ कुलमुख्यकरा द्वादशभागाः स्वराश्याद्याः

vargottamā navāṃśāstathādimadhyāntagāścarādyeṣu| sūtau kulamukhyakarā dvādaśabhāgāḥ svarāśyādyāḥ

The navāṃśas falling at the beginning, in the middle and at the end — in the movable, ⟨the fixed and the dual signs⟩ respectively — are vargottama; at a birth they make ⟨the native⟩ the chief of his family. The dvādaśāṃśas ⟨twelfth-parts⟩ begin from one's own rāśi.

स्वर्क्षसुतनवमभेशा द्रेष्काणानां क्रमाच्च होराणाम्। रविचन्द्राविन्दुरवी विषमसमेष्वर्धराशीनाम्

svarkṣasutanavamabheśā dreṣkāṇānāṃ kramācca horāṇām| ravicandrāvinduravī viṣamasameṣvardharāśīnām

The lords of the dreṣkāṇas are, in order, the lords of one's own sign, of the fifth sign and of the ninth. And of the horās: the Sun and the Moon in odd ⟨signs⟩, the Moon and the Sun in even — ⟨these being the lords⟩ of the halves of the signs.

शरपञ्चाष्टमुनीन्द्रियभागास्त्रिंशांशकास्तु विषमेषु। युग्मेषूत्क्रमगण्याः कुजार्किजीवज्ञशुक्राणाम्

śarapañcāṣṭamunīndriyabhāgāstriṃśāṃśakāstu viṣameṣu| yugmeṣūtkramagaṇyāḥ kujārkijīvajñaśukrāṇām

In odd ⟨signs⟩ the triṃśāṃśas are of five, five, eight, seven and five degrees, ⟨belonging⟩ to Kuja ⟨Mars⟩, Arki ⟨Saturn⟩, Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩, Jña ⟨Mercury⟩ and Śukra ⟨Venus⟩; in even ⟨signs⟩ they are to be counted in the reverse order.

मेषालिमिथुनमृगहरिमीनतुलावृषभचापधरकर्की। घटधरकन्यापूर्वाः सप्तांशानां भवन्तीशाः

meṣālimithunamṛgaharimīnatulāvṛṣabhacāpadharakarkī| ghaṭadharakanyāpūrvāḥ saptāṃśānāṃ bhavantīśāḥ

Meṣa, Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩, Mithuna, Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Hari ⟨Siṃha⟩, Mīna, Tulā, Vṛṣabha, Cāpadhara ⟨Dhanus⟩, Karkī ⟨Karka⟩, Ghaṭadhara ⟨Kumbha⟩ and Kanyā — beginning from these ⟨respectively, for the twelve signs from Meṣa⟩ come the lords of the saptāṃśas.

षष्टिर्होरात्रिंशच्चूडपदानां द्विसप्ततिसमेता। लिप्तानामष्टादशशतानि परिवर्तनैः स्वगृहात्

ṣaṣṭirhorātriṃśaccūḍapadānāṃ dvisaptatisametā| liptānāmaṣṭādaśaśatāni parivartanaiḥ svagṛhāt

Sixty ⟨are⟩ the horā ⟨and⟩ the thirty cūḍapadas, together with seventy-two; the liptas ⟨of a rāśi⟩ are eighteen hundred, ⟨whence the divisions follow⟩ by revolutions from one's own house.

लग्नादीनां लिप्ता ज्ञेयाः स्वगृहादिवर्गसंगुणिताः। अष्टादशशतभक्ताल्लब्धः स्यादीप्सितो वर्गः

lagnādīnāṃ liptā jñeyāḥ svagṛhādivargasaṃguṇitāḥ| aṣṭādaśaśatabhaktāllabdhaḥ syādīpsito vargaḥ

The liptas of the lagna and the rest are to be taken, multiplied by the varga ⟨-figure, counted⟩ from one's own house and so on; from ⟨the product⟩ divided by eighteen hundred, the quotient is the varga desired.

एतेषां गुणदोषान् विस्तरतो नष्टजातके वक्ष्ये। एभिः स्पष्टतरं तत्प्रत्यक्षपरीक्षणं यस्मात्

eteṣāṃ guṇadoṣān vistarato naṣṭajātake vakṣye| ebhiḥ spaṣṭataraṃ tatpratyakṣaparīkṣaṇaṃ yasmāt

The merits and defects of these I shall set out at length in ⟨the chapter on⟩ naṣṭajātaka ⟨the lost horoscope⟩; for by these that direct verification ⟨of a chart⟩ becomes the clearer.

अजादितः क्रूरशुभौ पुमांस्त्री चरः स्थिरो मिश्रतनुश्च दृष्टाः। कुलीरमीनालिगृहान्तसन्धिं वदन्ति गण्डान्तमिति प्रसिद्धम्

ajāditaḥ krūraśubhau pumāṃstrī caraḥ sthiro miśratanuśca dṛṣṭāḥ| kulīramīnāligṛhāntasandhiṃ vadanti gaṇḍāntamiti prasiddham

From Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩ onward the signs are seen ⟨in alternation as⟩ malefic and auspicious, male and female, and ⟨in threes as⟩ movable, fixed and mixed-bodied ⟨dual⟩. The junction at the end of the houses Kulīra ⟨Karka⟩, Mīna and Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩ they call gaṇḍānta — so it is well known.

जातो न जीवति नरो मातुरपथ्यो भवेत्स्वकुलहन्ता। यदि जीवति गण्डान्ते बहुगजतुरगो भवेद्भूपः

jāto na jīvati naro māturapathyo bhavetsvakulahantā| yadi jīvati gaṇḍānte bahugajaturago bhavedbhūpaḥ

A man born ⟨at gaṇḍānta⟩ does not live; he is harmful to his mother, and becomes the slayer of his own family. If, born at gaṇḍānta, he does live, he becomes a king with many elephants and horses.

ऐन्द्राद्यं परिवर्तैस्त्रितयं त्रितयं त्रिभिस्तु मेषाद्यैः। एभिर्दिक्षु निबद्धैर्यात्रादि विकल्पयेत्कार्ये

aindrādyaṃ parivartaistritayaṃ tritayaṃ tribhistu meṣādyaiḥ| ebhirdikṣu nibaddhairyātrādi vikalpayetkārye

A triad ⟨of signs⟩ beginning with Aindrī ⟨the east⟩ falls ⟨to each direction⟩, triad by triad, through the three revolutions of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Meṣa. By these ⟨signs⟩ bound to the directions one should determine journeys and the like in ⟨any⟩ undertaking.

नरपशुवृश्चिकजलजा यथाक्रमं प्राग्दिगादिगा बलिनः। निशि दिवसे सन्ध्यायां पशवः पुरुषो मृगालिकर्किझषाः

narapaśuvṛścikajalajā yathākramaṃ prāgdigādigā balinaḥ| niśi divase sandhyāyāṃ paśavaḥ puruṣo mṛgālikarkijhaṣāḥ

The human, the quadruped, Vṛścika and the water-born ⟨signs⟩ are strong when placed in the east and the ⟨following⟩ directions respectively. At night the quadrupeds ⟨are strong⟩, by day the human ⟨signs⟩, and at twilight Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩, Karkī ⟨Karka⟩ and Jhaṣa ⟨Mīna⟩.

नक्तंबला मिथुनकर्किमृगाजगोश्वाद्युःश्रेष्ठका हरितुलालिघटान्त्यकन्याः। पृष्ठोदयाः समिथुना मिथुनं विहाय शेषाः शिरोभिरुदयन्त्युभयेन मीनः

naktaṃbalā mithunakarkimṛgājagośvādyuḥśreṣṭhakā haritulālighaṭāntyakanyāḥ| pṛṣṭhodayāḥ samithunā mithunaṃ vihāya śeṣāḥ śirobhirudayantyubhayena mīnaḥ

Mithuna, Karkī ⟨Karka⟩, Mṛga ⟨Makara⟩, Aja ⟨Meṣa⟩, Go ⟨Vṛṣa⟩ and Aśva ⟨Dhanus⟩ are strong by night; Hari ⟨Siṃha⟩, Tulā, Ali ⟨Vṛścika⟩, Ghaṭa ⟨Kumbha⟩, Antya ⟨Mīna⟩ and Kanyā are the best by day. ⟨Those night-strong ones,⟩ which include Mithuna, are back-rising — Mithuna excepted; the rest rise with their heads; and Mīna ⟨rises⟩ by both.

आत्मीयनाथदृष्टः सहितस्तेनैव तत्प्रियैर्वापि। शशिसुतजीवाभ्यामपि राशिर्बलवान्न चेच्छेषैः

ātmīyanāthadṛṣṭaḥ sahitastenaiva tatpriyairvāpi| śaśisutajīvābhyāmapi rāśirbalavānna ceccheṣaiḥ

A rāśi aspected by its own lord, or joined with that same ⟨lord⟩, or with ⟨grahas⟩ dear to him, or also with Śaśisuta ⟨Mercury⟩ and Jīva ⟨Jupiter⟩, is strong — but not if ⟨so held⟩ by the rest.

तन्वर्थसहजबान्धवपुत्रारिस्त्रीविनाशपुण्यानि। कर्मायव्ययभावा लग्नाद्या भावतश्चिन्त्याः

tanvarthasahajabāndhavaputrāristrīvināśapuṇyāni| karmāyavyayabhāvā lagnādyā bhāvataścintyāḥ

Tanu ⟨1⟩, artha ⟨2⟩, sahaja ⟨3⟩, bāndhava ⟨4⟩, putra ⟨5⟩, ari ⟨6⟩, strī ⟨7⟩, vināśa ⟨8⟩, puṇya ⟨9⟩, karma ⟨10⟩, āya ⟨11⟩ and vyaya ⟨12⟩ — these bhāvas, beginning with the lagna, are to be examined bhāva by bhāva.

शक्तिधनपौरुषगृहप्रतिभाव्रणकामदेहविवराणि। गुरुमानभवव्ययमिति कथितान्यपराणि नामानि

śaktidhanapauruṣagṛhapratibhāvraṇakāmadehavivarāṇi| gurumānabhavavyayamiti kathitānyaparāṇi nāmāni

Śakti ⟨1⟩, dhana ⟨2⟩, pauruṣa ⟨3⟩, gṛha ⟨4⟩, pratibhā ⟨5⟩, vraṇa ⟨6⟩, kāma ⟨7⟩, deha ⟨and⟩ vivara ⟨8⟩, guru ⟨9⟩, māna ⟨10⟩, bhava ⟨11⟩ and vyaya ⟨12⟩ — thus are declared the further names ⟨of the bhāvas⟩.

संज्ञा वेश्माष्टमयोश्चतुरस्रं वै तपश्च नवमस्य। होरास्तदशजलानां चतुष्टयं कण्टकं केन्द्रम्

saṃjñā veśmāṣṭamayoścaturasraṃ vai tapaśca navamasya| horāstadaśajalānāṃ catuṣṭayaṃ kaṇṭakaṃ kendram

Caturasra is the designation of the veśman ⟨the 4th⟩ and of the eighth; and tapas, of the ninth. The set of four — the horā ⟨the 1st⟩, the asta ⟨the 7th⟩, the daśa ⟨the 10th⟩ and the jala ⟨the 4th⟩ — is ⟨called⟩ kaṇṭaka and kendra.

नामानि चतुर्थस्य तु सुखजलपातालबन्धुहिबुकानि। कर्माज्ञामेषूरणगगनाख्यं कीर्त्यते दशमम्

nāmāni caturthasya tu sukhajalapātālabandhuhibukāni| karmājñāmeṣūraṇagaganākhyaṃ kīrtyate daśamam

The names of the fourth are sukha, jala, pātāla, bandhu and hibuka. The tenth is proclaimed by the names karma, ājñā, meṣūraṇa and gagana.

धर्मसुतयोस्त्रिकोणं सुतस्य धीस्त्रिकोणमिति तपसः। द्यूनं जायास्तमयं जामित्रं सप्तमस्याख्याः

dharmasutayostrikoṇaṃ sutasya dhīstrikoṇamiti tapasaḥ| dyūnaṃ jāyāstamayaṃ jāmitraṃ saptamasyākhyāḥ

Trikoṇa ⟨is the designation⟩ of the dharma ⟨the 9th⟩ and the suta ⟨the 5th⟩; dhī, of the suta; and 'trikoṇa' likewise of the tapas ⟨the 9th⟩. Dyūna, jāyā, astamaya and jāmitra are the designations of the seventh.

षट्कोणं रिपुभवनं तृतीयमथ कीर्तयन्ति दुश्चिक्यम्। रिःफं द्वादशभवनं द्वितीयसंज्ञं कुटुम्बं च

ṣaṭkoṇaṃ ripubhavanaṃ tṛtīyamatha kīrtayanti duścikyam| riḥphaṃ dvādaśabhavanaṃ dvitīyasaṃjñaṃ kuṭumbaṃ ca

Ṣaṭkoṇa ⟨is a name of⟩ the sixth house, the house of enemies (ripu-bhavana); the third, further, they call duścikya; riḥpha ⟨is⟩ the twelfth house; and kuṭumba bears the name of the second.

केन्द्रात्परं पणफरमापोक्लिमसंज्ञितं तयोः परतः। बालयुवस्थविरत्वे क्रमेण फलदा ग्रहास्तेषु

kendrātparaṃ paṇapharamāpoklimasaṃjñitaṃ tayoḥ parataḥ| bālayuvasthaviratve krameṇa phaladā grahāsteṣu

Next after a kendra ⟨comes⟩ the paṇaphara, and beyond those two ⟨the one⟩ named āpoklima. The grahas placed in them bear fruit, respectively, in childhood, in youth and in old age.

षड्दशभवदुश्चिक्यान्युपचयसंज्ञानि कीर्त्यन्ते। स्वतनुसुखसुतास्ततपश्छिद्रव्ययसंज्ञितानि चान्यानि

ṣaḍdaśabhavaduścikyānyupacayasaṃjñāni kīrtyante| svatanusukhasutāstatapaśchidravyayasaṃjñitāni cānyāni

The sixth, the tenth, bhava ⟨the eleventh⟩ and duścikya ⟨the third⟩ are declared to bear the name upacaya; and the others are named sva ⟨the second⟩, tanu ⟨the first⟩, sukha ⟨the fourth⟩, suta ⟨the fifth⟩, asta ⟨the seventh⟩, tapas ⟨the ninth⟩, chidra ⟨the eighth⟩ and vyaya ⟨the twelfth⟩.

सिंहवृषमेषकन्या कार्मुकभृत्तौलिकुम्भधराः। सूर्यादीनामेते त्रिकोणभवनानि कथ्यन्ते

siṃhavṛṣameṣakanyā kārmukabhṛttaulikumbhadharāḥ| sūryādīnāmete trikoṇabhavanāni kathyante

Leo, Taurus, Aries, Virgo, the bow-bearer ⟨Sagittarius⟩, Libra and the pot-bearer ⟨Aquarius⟩ — these are declared to be the trikoṇa signs of the Sun and the rest ⟨in order⟩.

सूर्यादीनामुच्चाः क्रियवृषमृगयुवतिकर्किमीनतुलाः। स्वोच्चगृहकथितभागा यथाक्रमेणैव परमोच्चाः

sūryādīnāmuccāḥ kriyavṛṣamṛgayuvatikarkimīnatulāḥ| svoccagṛhakathitabhāgā yathākrameṇaiva paramoccāḥ

The exaltations of the Sun and the rest are Kriya ⟨Aries⟩, Taurus, Mṛga ⟨Capricorn⟩, Yuvati ⟨Virgo⟩, Cancer, Pisces and Libra; and the degrees stated ⟨in the next verse⟩ within one's own exaltation sign are, in that very order, the deepest exaltations (paramocca).

दिग्वह्न्यष्टाविंशतितिथिबाणत्रिघनविंशतयः। स्वोच्चात्सप्तमराशिर्नीचः स्यादंशकात्परमम्

digvahnyaṣṭāviṃśatitithibāṇatrighanaviṃśatayaḥ| svoccātsaptamarāśirnīcaḥ syādaṃśakātparamam

Ten, three, twenty-eight, fifteen, five, twenty-seven and twenty ⟨are those degrees⟩. The seventh sign from one's own exaltation is the debilitation, and the deepest ⟨debilitation is reckoned⟩ from the ⟨same⟩ degree.

ह्रस्वास्तिमिगोजघटा मिथुनधनुःकर्किमृगमुखाश्च समाः। वृश्चिककन्यामृगपतिवणिजो दीर्घाः समाख्याताः

hrasvāstimigojaghaṭā mithunadhanuḥkarkimṛgamukhāśca samāḥ| vṛścikakanyāmṛgapativaṇijo dīrghāḥ samākhyātāḥ

Timi ⟨Pisces⟩, the bull ⟨Taurus⟩, the goat ⟨Aries⟩ and the pot ⟨Aquarius⟩ are short; Gemini, Sagittarius, Cancer and the deer-faced ⟨Capricorn⟩ are middling; Scorpio, Virgo, the lord of beasts ⟨Leo⟩ and the merchant ⟨Libra⟩ are declared long.

एभिर्लग्नाधिगतैः शीर्षप्रभृतीनि वै शरीराणि। सदृशानि विजायन्ते युतगगनचरैश्च तुल्यानि

ebhirlagnādhigataiḥ śīrṣaprabhṛtīni vai śarīrāṇi| sadṛśāni vijāyante yutagaganacaraiśca tulyāni

When these ⟨signs⟩ occupy the lagna, the bodily parts beginning with the head come out matching ⟨them⟩; and they are alike also to the sky-going ⟨grahas⟩ joined ⟨with the lagna⟩.

भवनाधिपदिङ्नाम प्लव इति यवनैः प्रयत्नतः कथितः। तत्प्लवगो विनिहन्यादचिरेण महीपतिः शत्रून्

bhavanādhipadiṅnāma plava iti yavanaiḥ prayatnataḥ kathitaḥ| tatplavago vinihanyādacireṇa mahīpatiḥ śatrūn

The direction ⟨belonging⟩ to the lord of the sign is named plava — so the Yavanas have carefully declared. A king who moves in that plava will before long strike down his enemies.

लोहितसितशुकहरिताः पाटलपरिधूम्रपाण्डुचित्राश्च। कृष्णकनकाभपिङ्गाः कर्बुरबभ्रुत्वजादिवर्णाः स्युः

lohitasitaśukaharitāḥ pāṭalaparidhūmrapāṇḍucitrāśca| kṛṣṇakanakābhapiṅgāḥ karburababhrutvajādivarṇāḥ syuḥ

Red, white, parrot-green, pale red, smoke-coloured, pale yellowish-white, variegated, black, gold-hued, tawny, dappled and brown — such are the colours of ⟨the signs⟩ beginning with Aries.

हन्ति हरेरिह शत्रूनिन्द्रध्वजिनीव देवरिपून्

hanti hareriha śatrūnindradhvajinīva devaripūn

⟨…⟩ slays the enemies of Hari here, as Indra's host ⟨slays⟩ the foes of the gods.

आत्मा रविः शीतकरस्तु चेतः सत्त्वं धराजः शशिजोऽथ वाणी। ज्ञानं सुखं शुक्रगुरू मदश्च राहुः शनिः कालनरस्य दुःखम्

ātmā raviḥ śītakarastu cetaḥ sattvaṃ dharājaḥ śaśijo'tha vāṇī| jñānaṃ sukhaṃ śukragurū madaśca rāhuḥ śaniḥ kālanarasya duḥkham

The Sun is the soul; the cool-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ the mind; the earth-born ⟨Mars⟩ is sattva ⟨vigour⟩; the son of the Moon ⟨Mercury⟩ is speech; knowledge and happiness are Venus and Jupiter; mada ⟨intoxicating passion⟩ is Rāhu; and Saturn is sorrow — ⟨all these⟩ of the Man of Time ⟨kāla-nara⟩.

आत्मादयो गगनगैर्वलिभिर्बलवत्तरा। दुर्बलैर्दुर्बलास्ते तु विपरीतं शनेः फलम्

ātmādayo gaganagairvalibhirbalavattarā| durbalairdurbalāste tu viparītaṃ śaneḥ phalam

The soul and the rest ⟨grow⟩ stronger when the sky-goers ⟨the grahas that signify them⟩ are strong, and weak when they are weak; but with Saturn the result is the reverse.

यथा यथा लग्नगृहाश्रयाणां समुद्गमो भूरिविकल्पनानाम्। तथा तथा शैलनगाष्टसंख्याः क्रमेण कालावयवाः प्रसूतौ

yathā yathā lagnagṛhāśrayāṇāṃ samudgamo bhūrivikalpanānām| tathā tathā śailanagāṣṭasaṃkhyāḥ krameṇa kālāvayavāḥ prasūtau

In whatever measure the rising has taken place of those ⟨limbs⟩ that rest in the house of the ascendant, admitting as they do of many subdivisions, in that same measure are the limbs of Time — seven, seven and eight in number, in order — ⟨reckoned⟩ at a birth.

लग्नात्तत्क्षणमुदितं बामाङ्गमथाबलम्। सव्यार्धादितरं तस्य नोद्गतं सबलं च तत्

lagnāttatkṣaṇamuditaṃ bāmāṅgamathābalam| savyārdhāditaraṃ tasya nodgataṃ sabalaṃ ca tat

What has risen from the ascendant at that moment is the left side ⟨of the body⟩, and it is without strength; what is other than that left half has not risen, and that is possessed of strength.

मूर्धालोचनकर्णगन्धवहनं गण्डौ हनुश्चाननं ग्रीवास्कन्धभुजं तु पार्श्वहृदयक्रोडाश्च नाभिः पुनः। बस्तिर्लिङ्गगुदे च मुष्कयुगलं चोरुद्वयं जानुनी। जङ्घे पादयुगं विलग्नभवनात्पार्श्वद्वये कल्पिताः

mūrdhālocanakarṇagandhavahanaṃ gaṇḍau hanuścānanaṃ grīvāskandhabhujaṃ tu pārśvahṛdayakroḍāśca nābhiḥ punaḥ| bastirliṅgagude ca muṣkayugalaṃ corudvayaṃ jānunī| jaṅghe pādayugaṃ vilagnabhavanātpārśvadvaye kalpitāḥ

The head, the eyes, the ears, the bearer of scent ⟨the nose⟩, the two cheeks, the chin and the mouth; the neck, the shoulder and the arm; the side, the heart, the belly, and then the navel; the bladder, the genitals and the anus, the pair of testicles, the two thighs, the two knees, the two shanks and the pair of feet — these are assigned, beginning from the house of the ascendant, over the two sides ⟨of the body⟩.

पापा व्रणं लाञ्छनमेषु सौम्याः स्वांशे स्वराशावथवा स्थितेषु। कुर्वन्ति जन्मोत्थितमेषु चिह्नमेषु ग्रहास्तद्विपरीतसंस्थाः

pāpā vraṇaṃ lāñchanameṣu saumyāḥ svāṃśe svarāśāvathavā sthiteṣu| kurvanti janmotthitameṣu cihnameṣu grahāstadviparītasaṃsthāḥ

Malefics ⟨make⟩ a wound in these ⟨limbs⟩, benefics a mark. When they stand in their own aṃśa or in their own rāśi, the grahas make in these ⟨limbs⟩ a mark that arose at birth; standing otherwise than that, ⟨they make one that comes later⟩.

राजा रविः शशधरश्च बुधः कुमारः सेनापतिः क्षितिसुतः सचिवौ सितेज्यौ। भृत्यस्तयोश्च रविजः सबला नराणां कुर्वन्ति जन्मसमये निजमेव सत्त्वम्

rājā raviḥ śaśadharaśca budhaḥ kumāraḥ senāpatiḥ kṣitisutaḥ sacivau sitejyau| bhṛtyastayośca ravijaḥ sabalā narāṇāṃ kurvanti janmasamaye nijameva sattvam

The Sun is the king, and the Moon ⟨likewise⟩; Mercury is the prince; the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ is the commander of the army; Venus and Jupiter are the two ministers; and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ is the servant of those two. Being strong, they make men's nature, at the time of birth, just their own.

भानुः शुक्रः क्षमापुत्रः सैंहिकेयः शनिः शशी। सौम्यस्त्रिदशमन्त्री च प्राच्यादिदिगधीश्वराः

bhānuḥ śukraḥ kṣamāputraḥ saiṃhikeyaḥ śaniḥ śaśī| saumyastridaśamantrī ca prācyādidigadhīśvarāḥ

The Sun, Venus, the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩, the son of Siṃhikā ⟨Rāhu⟩, Saturn, the Moon, Mercury (saumya, the graha) and the counsellor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ are the lords of the directions beginning with the east ⟨east, south-east, south, south-west, west, north-west, north, north-east⟩.

गुरुबुधशुक्राः सौम्या सौरिकुजार्कास्तु निगदिताः पापाः। शशिजोऽशुभसंयुक्तः क्षीणश्च निशाकरः पापः

gurubudhaśukrāḥ saumyā saurikujārkāstu nigaditāḥ pāpāḥ| śaśijo'śubhasaṃyuktaḥ kṣīṇaśca niśākaraḥ pāpaḥ

Jupiter, Mercury and Venus are benefics; Saturn, Mars and the Sun are declared malefics. Mercury joined with an inauspicious ⟨graha⟩, and the waning Moon, are malefic.

हेलिर्भानुः शशी चन्द्रः क्रूराक्षः क्षितिनन्दनः। आरो रक्तस्तथा वक्रो हेम्नो विद् ज्ञोऽथ बोधनः

helirbhānuḥ śaśī candraḥ krūrākṣaḥ kṣitinandanaḥ| āro raktastathā vakro hemno vid jño'tha bodhanaḥ

Heli and Bhānu ⟨name the Sun⟩; Śaśī and Candra ⟨the Moon⟩; Krūrākṣa ⟨the cruel-eyed⟩, Kṣitinandana ⟨son of the Earth⟩, Āra, Rakta ⟨the red⟩ and Vakra ⟨Mars⟩; Hemna, Vid, Jña and Bodhana ⟨Mercury⟩.

ईड्येज्यावङ्गिरा जीवो ह्यास्फुजिच्च सितो भृगुः। मन्दः कोणो यमः कृष्णो विद्यादन्यानि लोकतः

īḍyejyāvaṅgirā jīvo hyāsphujicca sito bhṛguḥ| mandaḥ koṇo yamaḥ kṛṣṇo vidyādanyāni lokataḥ

Īḍya, Ijya, Aṅgirā and Jīva ⟨name Jupiter⟩; Āsphujit, Sita and Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩; Manda, Koṇa, Yama and Kṛṣṇa ⟨Saturn⟩. Other ⟨names⟩ one should learn from common usage.

ताम्रसितारुणहरितकपीतविचित्रासिता इनादीनाम्। पावकजलगुहकेशवशक्रशचीवेधसः पतयः

tāmrasitāruṇaharitakapītavicitrāsitā inādīnām| pāvakajalaguhakeśavaśakraśacīvedhasaḥ patayaḥ

Copper-red, white, blood-red, greenish, yellow, variegated and black ⟨are the colours⟩ of the Sun and the rest. Fire, the Waters, Guha ⟨Skanda⟩, Keśava ⟨Viṣṇu⟩, Śakra ⟨Indra⟩, Śacī and Vedhas ⟨Brahmā⟩ are their lords ⟨presiding deities⟩.

अर्कादिग्रहदैवतमंत्रैः संपूज्य तामाशाम्। कनकगजवाहनादीन्प्राप्नोति गतोऽरितः शीघ्रम्

arkādigrahadaivatamaṃtraiḥ saṃpūjya tāmāśām| kanakagajavāhanādīnprāpnoti gato'ritaḥ śīghram

Having worshipped that direction with the mantras of the deities of the grahas beginning with the Sun, one who goes ⟨that way⟩, unassailed by enemies, quickly obtains gold, elephants, mounts and the like.

स्त्रीणां चन्द्रसितौ नपुंसकपती सोमात्मजार्कात्मजौ पुंसां जीवदिवाकरक्षितिसुता विप्रस्य शुक्रोऽङ्गिरा। राज्ञां सूर्यकुजौ विशां शशधरो मिश्रस्य मन्दो बुधः शूद्राणां शिखिभूखतोयमरुतां भौमादयः कीर्तिताः

strīṇāṃ candrasitau napuṃsakapatī somātmajārkātmajau puṃsāṃ jīvadivākarakṣitisutā viprasya śukro'ṅgirā| rājñāṃ sūryakujau viśāṃ śaśadharo miśrasya mando budhaḥ śūdrāṇāṃ śikhibhūkhatoyamarutāṃ bhaumādayaḥ kīrtitāḥ

The Moon and Venus are the lords of women; the son of the Moon ⟨Mercury⟩ and the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩ of neuters; Jupiter, the Sun and the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ of men. Venus and Aṅgirā ⟨Jupiter⟩ belong to the brāhmaṇa; the Sun and Mars to kings ⟨kṣatriyas⟩; the Moon to the vaiśyas; Saturn to the mixed-born; Mercury to the śūdras. Of fire, earth, ether, water and wind, Mars and the rest ⟨Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn⟩ are declared ⟨the lords⟩.

कटुलवणतिक्तमिश्रितमधुराम्लकषायरसविशेषाणाम्। सुरतोयाग्निविहारार्थशयनपांसूत्कराणां च

kaṭulavaṇatiktamiśritamadhurāmlakaṣāyarasaviśeṣāṇām| suratoyāgnivihārārthaśayanapāṃsūtkarāṇāṃ ca

⟨And the Sun and the rest are the lords⟩ of the several tastes — pungent, salt, bitter, mixed, sweet, sour, astringent — and of ⟨the places:⟩ the abode of the gods, water, fire, pleasure-grounds, wealth, the bed, and heaps of dust.

वस्त्राणां स्थूलाहतशिखिजलहतमध्यदृढसुजीर्णानाम्। ताम्रमणि हेममिश्रितरूप्यकमुक्तायसां वाऽपि

vastrāṇāṃ sthūlāhataśikhijalahatamadhyadṛḍhasujīrṇānām| tāmramaṇi hemamiśritarūpyakamuktāyasāṃ vā'pi

⟨And⟩ of garments — coarse, newly woven, scorched by fire, spoiled by water, middling, strong, and well-worn; or again of copper, gems, gold, mixed metal, silver, pearl and iron.

अयनक्षणदिवसर्तुकमासतदर्धशरदां दिनेशाद्याः। शिशिरादीनामीशाः शनिसितभौमेन्दुबुधजीवाः

ayanakṣaṇadivasartukamāsatadardhaśaradāṃ dineśādyāḥ| śiśirādīnāmīśāḥ śanisitabhaumendubudhajīvāḥ

Of the ayana ⟨half-year⟩, the moment, the day, the season, the month, the half of it ⟨the fortnight⟩ and the year, the Sun and the rest ⟨are the lords⟩. The lords of the seasons beginning with śiśira ⟨the cold season⟩ are Saturn, Venus, Mars, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter.

लग्नाधिपतेस्तुल्यः कालो लग्नोदितांशकसमाख्यः। वक्तव्यो रिपुविजयो गर्भेषु च कार्यसंयोगे

lagnādhipatestulyaḥ kālo lagnoditāṃśakasamākhyaḥ| vaktavyo ripuvijayo garbheṣu ca kāryasaṃyoge

The time ⟨of the result⟩ is the one belonging to the lord of the ascendant, or is named from the aṃśa risen in the ascendant; by it are to be declared victory over the enemy, and ⟨what concerns⟩ pregnancies and the undertaking of an act.

ऋग्वेदाधिपतिर्जीवो यजुर्वेदपतिः सितः। सामवेदाधिपो वक्रः शशिजोऽथर्ववेदराट्

ṛgvedādhipatirjīvo yajurvedapatiḥ sitaḥ| sāmavedādhipo vakraḥ śaśijo'tharvavedarāṭ

Jupiter is the lord of the Ṛgveda; Venus the lord of the Yajurveda; Mars the lord of the Sāmaveda; Mercury the king of the Atharvaveda.

सुरपूज्यः शशिशुक्रौ दि नकरभौमौ बुधार्कजौ नाथाः। विबुधमनुष्यपितॄणां तिर्यङ्नरकाधिवासानाम्

surapūjyaḥ śaśiśukrau di nakarabhaumau budhārkajau nāthāḥ| vibudhamanuṣyapitṝṇāṃ tiryaṅnarakādhivāsānām

He who is honoured by the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩; the Moon and Venus; the Sun and Mars; Mercury and Saturn — are the lords of those whose dwelling is among the gods, men, the ancestors, animals and hell.

स्वल्पाकुञ्चितमूर्धजः पटुमतिर्मुख्यस्वरूपस्वनो नात्युच्चो मधुपिङ्गचारुनयनः शूरः प्रचण्डः स्थिरः। रक्तश्यामतनुर्निगूढचरणः पित्तास्थिसारो महान् गम्भीरश्चतुरस्त्रकः पृथुकरः कौसुम्भवासा रविः

svalpākuñcitamūrdhajaḥ paṭumatirmukhyasvarūpasvano nātyucco madhupiṅgacārunayanaḥ śūraḥ pracaṇḍaḥ sthiraḥ| raktaśyāmatanurnigūḍhacaraṇaḥ pittāsthisāro mahān gambhīraścaturastrakaḥ pṛthukaraḥ kausumbhavāsā raviḥ

Scanty and curling hair, a keen mind, a voice and form of the first rank; not very tall; lovely honey-tawny eyes; brave, fierce, steady; a body dark red; feet whose ⟨veins⟩ do not show; bile his humour and bone his tissue; great, deep, square-built, broad-handed, clad in safflower red — such is the Sun.

सौम्यः कान्तविलोचनो मधुरवाग्गौरः कृशाङ्गो युवा प्रांशुः सूक्ष्मनिकुञ्चितासितकचः प्राज्ञो मृदुः सात्त्विकः। चारुर्वातकफात्मकः प्रियसखो रक्तैकसारो घृणी वृद्धस्त्रीषु रतश्चलोऽतिसुभगः शुभ्राम्बरश्चन्द्रमाः

saumyaḥ kāntavilocano madhuravāggauraḥ kṛśāṅgo yuvā prāṃśuḥ sūkṣmanikuñcitāsitakacaḥ prājño mṛduḥ sāttvikaḥ| cārurvātakaphātmakaḥ priyasakho raktaikasāro ghṛṇī vṛddhastrīṣu rataścalo'tisubhagaḥ śubhrāmbaraścandramāḥ

Gentle, with lovely eyes, sweet of speech, fair, slender of limb, youthful, tall; hair fine, curling and black; wise, soft, sattvic, handsome; of wind and phlegm, blood alone his tissue; a dear friend, compassionate; attached to elderly women, fickle, exceedingly charming, white-garmented — such is the Moon.

ह्रस्वः पिङ्गललोचनो दृढवपुर्दीप्ताग्निकान्तिश्चलो मज्जावानरुणाम्बरः पटुतरः शूरश्च निष्पन्नवाक्। ह्रस्वाकुञ्चितदीप्तकेशतरुणः पित्तात्मकस्तामसश्चण्डः साहसिकोऽपि घातकुशलः संरक्तगौरः कुजः

hrasvaḥ piṅgalalocano dṛḍhavapurdīptāgnikāntiścalo majjāvānaruṇāmbaraḥ paṭutaraḥ śūraśca niṣpannavāk| hrasvākuñcitadīptakeśataruṇaḥ pittātmakastāmasaścaṇḍaḥ sāhasiko'pi ghātakuśalaḥ saṃraktagauraḥ kujaḥ

Short, tawny-eyed, of firm body, with the lustre of blazing fire; restless, marrow his tissue, red-garmented, very sharp, brave, and his word is accomplished; hair short, curling and bright; youthful; bilious, tamasic, violent, reckless besides, and skilled in killing; deep red and fair — such is Mars.

रक्तान्तायतलोचनो मधुरवाग्दूर्वादलश्यामलस्त्वक्सारोऽतिरजोधिकः स्फुटवचाः स्फीतस्त्रिदोषात्मकः। हृष्टो मध्यमरूपवान्सुनिपुणो वृत्तः शिराभिस्ततः सर्वस्यानुकरोति वेषवचनैः पालाशवासा बुधः

raktāntāyatalocano madhuravāgdūrvādalaśyāmalastvaksāro'tirajodhikaḥ sphuṭavacāḥ sphītastridoṣātmakaḥ| hṛṣṭo madhyamarūpavānsunipuṇo vṛttaḥ śirābhistataḥ sarvasyānukaroti veṣavacanaiḥ pālāśavāsā budhaḥ

Long eyes red at the corners, sweet of speech, dark as a blade of dūrvā grass, skin his tissue, exceedingly full of rajas, of distinct speech, well-grown, of all three humours; cheerful, of middling form, highly skilful, round of body and covered with veins; by his dress and his words he falls in with everyone; clad in palāśa green — such is Mercury.

ईषत्पिङ्गललोचनश्रुतिधरः सिंहाच्छनादः स्थिरः सत्त्वाढ्यः सुविशुद्धकाञ्चनवपुः पीनोन्नतोरस्थलः। ह्रस्वो धर्मरतो विनीतनिपुणो बद्धोत्कटाक्षः क्षमी स्यात्पीताम्बरधृक्कफात्मकतनुर्मेदः प्रधानो गुरुः

īṣatpiṅgalalocanaśrutidharaḥ siṃhācchanādaḥ sthiraḥ sattvāḍhyaḥ suviśuddhakāñcanavapuḥ pīnonnatorasthalaḥ| hrasvo dharmarato vinītanipuṇo baddhotkaṭākṣaḥ kṣamī syātpītāmbaradhṛkkaphātmakatanurmedaḥ pradhāno guruḥ

Eyes a little tawny; retaining what he hears; a voice clear as a lion's; steady, rich in sattva, a body of well-refined gold, with a plump and lifted chest; short, devoted to dharma, modest and skilful, with fixed, prominent eyes, forbearing; wearing yellow garments, of phlegmatic body, fat his chief tissue — such is Jupiter.

चारुर्दीर्घभुजः पृथूरुवदनः शुक्राधिकः कान्तिमान् कृष्णाकुञ्चितसूक्ष्मलम्बिचिकुरो दूर्वादलश्यामलः। कामी वातकफात्म3कोऽतिसुभगश्चित्राम्बरो राजसो लीलावान्मतिमान्विशालनयन स्थूलांसदेशः सितः

cārurdīrghabhujaḥ pṛthūruvadanaḥ śukrādhikaḥ kāntimān kṛṣṇākuñcitasūkṣmalambicikuro dūrvādalaśyāmalaḥ| kāmī vātakaphātma3ko'tisubhagaścitrāmbaro rājaso līlāvānmatimānviśālanayana sthūlāṃsadeśaḥ sitaḥ

Handsome, long-armed, broad of thigh and face, abounding in semen ⟨his tissue⟩, lustrous; hair black, curling, fine and hanging long; dark as a blade of dūrvā grass; lustful, of wind and phlegm, exceedingly charming, of variegated garments, rajasic, playful, intelligent, large-eyed, thick in the shoulder region — such is Venus.

पिङ्गो निम्नविलोचनः कृशतनुर्दीर्घः सिरालोऽलसः कृष्णाङ्गः पवनात्मकोऽतिपिशुनः स्नाय्वाततो निर्घृणः। मूर्ख स्थूलनखद्विजोऽतिमलिनो रूक्षोऽशुचिस्तामसो रौद्र क्रोधपरो जरापरिणतः कृष्णाम्बरो भास्करिः

piṅgo nimnavilocanaḥ kṛśatanurdīrghaḥ sirālo'lasaḥ kṛṣṇāṅgaḥ pavanātmako'tipiśunaḥ snāyvātato nirghṛṇaḥ| mūrkha sthūlanakhadvijo'timalino rūkṣo'śucistāmaso raudra krodhaparo jarāpariṇataḥ kṛṣṇāmbaro bhāskariḥ

Tawny, with sunken eyes, lean of body, tall, veiny, sluggish; black of limb, of windy constitution, a great slanderer, spread over with sinews, pitiless; stupid, with thick nails and teeth, exceedingly dirty, harsh, unclean, tamasic, terrible, given to anger, bent with old age, black-garmented — such is the son of the Sun ⟨Saturn⟩.

मित्राणि सूर्याद्गुरुभौमचन्द्राः सूर्येन्दुपुत्रौ रविचन्द्रजीवाः। भानुः सशुक्रः शशिसूर्यभौमा मन्देन्दुजौ शुक्रबुधौ क्रमेण

mitrāṇi sūryādgurubhaumacandrāḥ sūryenduputrau ravicandrajīvāḥ| bhānuḥ saśukraḥ śaśisūryabhaumā mandendujau śukrabudhau krameṇa

The friends, beginning from the Sun, are: ⟨of the Sun⟩ Jupiter, Mars and the Moon; ⟨of the Moon⟩ the Sun and the son of the Moon ⟨Mercury⟩; ⟨of Mars⟩ the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter; ⟨of Mercury⟩ the Sun together with Venus; ⟨of Jupiter⟩ the Moon, the Sun and Mars; ⟨of Venus⟩ Saturn and Mercury; ⟨of Saturn⟩ Venus and Mercury — in that order.

शुक्रार्कजौ चन्द्रमसो न कश्चित्सौम्यः शशी शुक्रबुधौ रवीन्दू। सोमार्कवक्रा रवितस्त्वमित्रा मित्रारिशेषो न सुहृन्न शत्रुः

śukrārkajau candramaso na kaścitsaumyaḥ śaśī śukrabudhau ravīndū| somārkavakrā ravitastvamitrā mitrāriśeṣo na suhṛnna śatruḥ

⟨The enemies, reckoned from the Sun, are:⟩ Venus and Saturn ⟨of the Sun⟩; of the Moon, none at all; ⟨of Mars⟩ Mercury; ⟨of Mercury⟩ the Moon; ⟨of Jupiter⟩ Venus and Mercury; ⟨of Venus⟩ the Sun and the Moon; ⟨of Saturn⟩ the Moon, the Sun and Mars — these are the enemies, from the Sun onward. Whatever is left over from friends and enemies is neither friend nor foe.

व्ययाम्बुधनखायेषु तृतीये सुहृदः स्थिताः। तत्कालरिपवः षष्ठसप्ताष्टैकत्रिकोणगाः

vyayāmbudhanakhāyeṣu tṛtīye suhṛdaḥ sthitāḥ| tatkālaripavaḥ ṣaṣṭhasaptāṣṭaikatrikoṇagāḥ

Those placed in the 12th ⟨vyaya⟩, the 4th ⟨ambu⟩, the 2nd ⟨dhana⟩, the 10th ⟨kha⟩, the 11th ⟨āya⟩ and the 3rd are friends ⟨for the time being⟩. Enemies for that time are those standing in the 6th, the 7th, the 8th, the 1st and the trikoṇas ⟨the 5th and the 9th⟩.

हितसमरिपुसंज्ञा ये निसर्गान्निरुक्ता हिततमहितमध्यास्तेऽपि तत्कालमित्रैः। रिपुसमसुहृदाख्याः सूतिकाले ग्रहेन्द्रा अधिरिपुरिपुमध्या शत्रुभिश्चिन्तनीया

hitasamaripusaṃjñā ye nisargānniruktā hitatamahitamadhyāste'pi tatkālamitraiḥ| ripusamasuhṛdākhyāḥ sūtikāle grahendrā adhiripuripumadhyā śatrubhiścintanīyā

Those which are declared by nature to be named friend, neutral and enemy become, ⟨when taken⟩ together with the temporal friends, the closest friend, friend and neutral ⟨respectively⟩. And the graha-lords named enemy, neutral and friend at the time of birth are to be reckoned, ⟨when taken⟩ with the ⟨temporal⟩ enemies, as arch-enemy, enemy and neutral.

संपश्यन्ति स्थानात्सदा ग्रहाश्चरणवृद्धितः सर्वे। त्रिदशत्रिकोणचतुरस्त्रसप्तमानां फलं क्रमेणैव

saṃpaśyanti sthānātsadā grahāścaraṇavṛddhitaḥ sarve| tridaśatrikoṇacaturastrasaptamānāṃ phalaṃ krameṇaiva

From ⟨their own⟩ place all the grahas always aspect ⟨the third-and-tenth, the trikoṇa, the caturastra and the seventh⟩, increasing by a quarter ⟨at each step⟩: the effect of the third-and-tenth, of the trikoṇa, of the caturastra and of the seventh, in just this order ⟨— a quarter, a half, three quarters, and full⟩.

पूर्णं पश्यति रविजस्तृतीयदशमं त्रिकोणमपि जीवः। चतुरस्त्रं भूमिसुतो द्यूनं च सितार्कशशिबुधाः क्रमशः

pūrṇaṃ paśyati ravijastṛtīyadaśamaṃ trikoṇamapi jīvaḥ| caturastraṃ bhūmisuto dyūnaṃ ca sitārkaśaśibudhāḥ kramaśaḥ

Saturn aspects the third and the tenth fully; Jupiter the trikoṇa as well; Mars the caturastra; and Venus, the Sun, the Moon and Mercury the seventh house (dyūna) — in this order.

दिक्स्थानकालचेष्टाकृतं बलं सर्वनिर्णयविधाने। वक्ष्ये चतुः प्रकारं ग्रहस्तु रिक्तो भवेदबलः

diksthānakālaceṣṭākṛtaṃ balaṃ sarvanirṇayavidhāne| vakṣye catuḥ prakāraṃ grahastu rikto bhavedabalaḥ

I shall declare the strength made by direction, place, time and motion — of four kinds — for the determination of every judgement; but a graha that is void ⟨of it⟩ becomes strengthless.

लग्ने जीवबुधौ दिवाकरकुजौ व्योम्नि स्मरे भास्करिर्बन्धाविन्दुसितौ दिशाकृतमिदं स्वोच्चे स्वकोणे स्वभे। मित्रस्वांशकसंस्थितः शुभफलैर्दृष्टो बलीयान्ग्रहः स्त्रीक्षेत्रे शशिभार्गवौ नरगृहे शेषा बले स्थानजे

lagne jīvabudhau divākarakujau vyomni smare bhāskarirbandhāvindusitau diśākṛtamidaṃ svocce svakoṇe svabhe| mitrasvāṃśakasaṃsthitaḥ śubhaphalairdṛṣṭo balīyāngrahaḥ strīkṣetre śaśibhārgavau naragṛhe śeṣā bale sthānaje

Jupiter and Mercury ⟨are strong⟩ in the lagna, the Sun and Mars in the sky (the 10th), Saturn in smara (the 7th), the Moon and Venus in bandhu (the 4th): this is what is made by direction. In its own exaltation, its own trine, its own sign, stationed in a friend's ⟨sign⟩ and in its own aṃśa, and aspected by benefics, a graha is stronger; the Moon and Venus in a female sign, the rest in a male sign — ⟨this⟩ in the strength born of place.

जीवार्कास्फुजितोऽह्नि विच्च सततं मन्देन्दुभौमा निशि होरामासदिनाब्दपाश्च बलिनः सौम्याः सितेऽन्येऽसिते। संग्रामे जयिनो विलोमगतयः संपूर्णगावो ग्रहाः सूर्येन्दू पुनरुत्तरेण बलिनौ सत्योक्तचेष्टाबले

jīvārkāsphujito'hni vicca satataṃ mandendubhaumā niśi horāmāsadinābdapāśca balinaḥ saumyāḥ site'nye'site| saṃgrāme jayino vilomagatayaḥ saṃpūrṇagāvo grahāḥ sūryendū punaruttareṇa balinau satyoktaceṣṭābale

Jupiter, the Sun and Venus ⟨are strong⟩ by day, and the Knower ⟨Mercury⟩ always; Saturn, the Moon and Mars by night. The lords of the horā (the hour), the month, the day and the year are strong; the benefics in the bright ⟨fortnight⟩, the others in the dark; and in the ⟨planetary⟩ war the victors, those of contrary motion, and the grahas of full rays; and again the Sun and the Moon are strong in the northern ⟨course⟩ — in the ceṣṭā-strength declared by Satya.

उत्तरमयनं प्राप्ताः शुक्रकुजार्केन्द्रमन्त्रिणो बलिनः। याम्यं शशिरविपुत्रौ द्वयेऽपि शशिजः स्ववर्गस्थः

uttaramayanaṃ prāptāḥ śukrakujārkendramantriṇo balinaḥ| yāmyaṃ śaśiraviputrau dvaye'pi śaśijaḥ svavargasthaḥ

Venus, Mars, the Sun and Indra's counsellor ⟨Jupiter⟩ are strong when they have reached the northern course; the Moon and Saturn ⟨in⟩ the southern; and Mercury in both, ⟨when⟩ stationed in its own varga.

पुंस्त्रीनपुंसकाख्याः क्षेत्रेष्वाद्यन्तमध्यसंप्राप्ताः। सूर्यान्निर्गत्य सदा नवोदिता यवनराजमतम्

puṃstrīnapuṃsakākhyāḥ kṣetreṣvādyantamadhyasaṃprāptāḥ| sūryānnirgatya sadā navoditā yavanarājamatam

⟨The grahas⟩ that have gone out from the Sun and are always newly risen are called male, female and neuter ⟨as they are⟩ found at the beginning, the end and the middle in the signs. ⟨This is⟩ the doctrine of the Yavana king.

प्राग्रात्रिभागेऽतिबलः शशाङ्कः शुक्रो निशार्धेऽवनिजो निशान्ते। प्रातर्बुधो मध्यदिने च सूर्यः सर्वत्र जीवोऽर्कसुतो दिनान्ते

prāgrātribhāge'tibalaḥ śaśāṅkaḥ śukro niśārdhe'vanijo niśānte| prātarbudho madhyadine ca sūryaḥ sarvatra jīvo'rkasuto dinānte

In the first part of the night the Moon is very strong; Venus at the half of the night; Mars at the night's end; Mercury in the morning; and the Sun at midday; Jupiter everywhere; Saturn at the day's end.

कृष्णारबुधगुरुसिताः शशिसूर्यावुत्तरोत्तरं बलिनः। स्वाभाविकबलमेतद्बलसाम्ये चिन्तयेत्प्राज्ञः

kṛṣṇārabudhagurusitāḥ śaśisūryāvuttarottaraṃ balinaḥ| svābhāvikabalametadbalasāmye cintayetprājñaḥ

Saturn, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, the Moon and the Sun are strong each more than the last. This is the natural strength; when strengths are equal the wise should reckon by it.

दिक्-स्थान-चेष्टा-क्षण-वक्र दृष्टि स्वाभाविकं सप्तविधं बलं स्यात्। तत्स्वप्रकारेण बलं ददाति रिक्तो हि शून्योऽल्पबलोऽल्पवीर्यः

dik-sthāna-ceṣṭā-kṣaṇa-vakra dṛṣṭi svābhāvikaṃ saptavidhaṃ balaṃ syāt| tatsvaprakāreṇa balaṃ dadāti rikto hi śūnyo'lpabalo'lpavīryaḥ

Direction, place, motion, moment, retrogression, aspect and the natural — strength should be of seven kinds. Each gives strength after its own manner; for a ⟨graha⟩ that is void is null, of little strength, of little vigour.

क्रूराहतः शत्रुजितो गतश्च नीचेऽरिभांशेष्वपि दुष्टचेष्टः। षष्ठाष्टमे रिष्फगतेऽणुरूक्षो विनाऽधिकारोप्यफलो ग्रहेन्द्रः

krūrāhataḥ śatrujito gataśca nīce'ribhāṃśeṣvapi duṣṭaceṣṭaḥ| ṣaṣṭhāṣṭame riṣphagate'ṇurūkṣo vinā'dhikāropyaphalo grahendraḥ

Struck by a malefic, conquered by an enemy, gone to debilitation, ⟨placed⟩ also in an enemy's sign and aṃśa, of evil motion, in the sixth or the eighth, gone to the riṣpha (the 12th), shrunken and lustreless — such a graha-lord, being without office, is fruitless as well.

राशिप्रभेदसंज्ञः कथितो ग्रहयोनिभित्तिरध्यायः। सर्वव्यापकमधुना कथयिष्ये मिश्रकं नाम

rāśiprabhedasaṃjñaḥ kathito grahayonibhittiradhyāyaḥ| sarvavyāpakamadhunā kathayiṣye miśrakaṃ nāma

The chapter named Rāśiprabheda has been told, ⟨and⟩ the chapter grounded upon Grahayoni; now I shall declare the all-pervading ⟨chapter⟩ named Miśraka.

दीप्तः स्वस्थो मुदितः शान्तः शक्तो निपीडितो भीतः। विकलः खलश्च कथितो नवप्रकारो ग्रहो हरिणा

dīptaḥ svastho muditaḥ śāntaḥ śakto nipīḍito bhītaḥ| vikalaḥ khalaśca kathito navaprakāro graho hariṇā

Dīpta, svastha, mudita, śānta, śakta, nipīḍita, bhīta, vikala and khala — thus the graha has been declared by Hari to be of nine kinds.

स्वोच्चे भवति च दीप्तः स्वस्थः स्वगृहे सुहृद्गृहे मुदितः। शान्तः शुभवर्गस्थः शक्तः स्फुटकिरणजालश्च

svocce bhavati ca dīptaḥ svasthaḥ svagṛhe suhṛdgṛhe muditaḥ| śāntaḥ śubhavargasthaḥ śaktaḥ sphuṭakiraṇajālaśca

In its own exaltation a ⟨graha⟩ is dīpta; in its own house, svastha; in a friend's house, mudita; placed in an auspicious varga, śānta; and when its net of rays is distinct, śakta.

विकलो रविलुप्तकरो ग्रहाभिभूतो निपीडितश्चैवम्। पापगणस्थश्च खलो नीचे भीतः समाख्यातः

vikalo raviluptakaro grahābhibhūto nipīḍitaścaivam| pāpagaṇasthaśca khalo nīce bhītaḥ samākhyātaḥ

⟨A graha⟩ whose rays are effaced by the Sun is vikala; one overpowered by ⟨another⟩ graha is likewise nipīḍita; one standing among a company of malefics is khala; and in debilitation it is declared bhīta.

दीप्ते विचरति पुरुषः प्रतापविषमाग्निदग्धरिपुवर्गः। लक्ष्म्यालिङ्गितदेहो गजमदसंसिक्तभूपृष्ठः

dīpte vicarati puruṣaḥ pratāpaviṣamāgnidagdharipuvargaḥ| lakṣmyāliṅgitadeho gajamadasaṃsiktabhūpṛṣṭhaḥ

When ⟨the graha is⟩ dīpta the man goes about with the host of his enemies burnt by the harsh fire of his majesty, his body embraced by Lakṣmī, the face of the earth ⟨before him⟩ wet with the ichor of elephants.

स्वस्थः करोति जन्मनि रत्नानि सुखानि कनकपरिवारान्। नृपतेर्दण्डपतित्वं गृहधान्यकुटुम्बपरिवृद्धिम्

svasthaḥ karoti janmani ratnāni sukhāni kanakaparivārān| nṛpaterdaṇḍapatitvaṃ gṛhadhānyakuṭumbaparivṛddhim

A svastha ⟨graha⟩ at birth produces gems, comforts, gold and retinue, the office of daṇḍapati ⟨commander of the forces⟩ under the king, and increase of house, grain and family.

मुदिते विलसति मुदितो विलासिनीकनकरत्नपरिपूर्णः विजितसकलारिपक्षः समस्तसुखभाङ् नरो भवति

mudite vilasati mudito vilāsinīkanakaratnaparipūrṇaḥ vijitasakalāripakṣaḥ samastasukhabhāṅ naro bhavati

When ⟨the graha is⟩ mudita the man disports himself delighted, filled with pleasure-women, gold and gems; having vanquished the whole party of his enemies, he becomes a partaker of every comfort.

शान्ते प्रशान्तचित्तः सुखधनभागी महीपतेः सचिवः। वि द्वान्परोपकारी धर्मपरो जायते पुरुषः

śānte praśāntacittaḥ sukhadhanabhāgī mahīpateḥ sacivaḥ| vi dvānparopakārī dharmaparo jāyate puruṣaḥ

When ⟨the graha is⟩ śānta the man is born of wholly tranquil mind, a sharer in comfort and wealth, a minister of the king, learned, a benefactor of others, devoted to dharma.

स्त्रीवस्त्रमाल्यगन्धैर्विलसति पुरुषः सदा विततकीर्तिः। दयितः सर्वजनस्य च शक्ताख्ये भवति विख्यातः

strīvastramālyagandhairvilasati puruṣaḥ sadā vitatakīrtiḥ| dayitaḥ sarvajanasya ca śaktākhye bhavati vikhyātaḥ

In the ⟨state⟩ called śakta the man disports himself with women, garments, garlands and perfumes, always of far-spread fame; dear to all people, he becomes renowned.

दुःखैर्व्याधिभिररिभिः प्रपीड्यते पीडिताख्ये तु। देशाद्देशं विचरति बन्धुवियोगाभिसंतप्तः

duḥkhairvyādhibhiraribhiḥ prapīḍyate pīḍitākhye tu| deśāddeśaṃ vicarati bandhuviyogābhisaṃtaptaḥ

But in the ⟨state⟩ called pīḍita ⟨= nipīḍita⟩ he is sorely oppressed by sorrows, by diseases and by enemies; burnt with the separation from his kin, he wanders from land to land.

बहुसाधनोऽपि राजा प्रध्वस्तबलः प्रपीडितो रिपुणा। नाशमुपयाति विजितो भीते दैन्यं परं प्राप्तः

bahusādhano'pi rājā pradhvastabalaḥ prapīḍito ripuṇā| nāśamupayāti vijito bhīte dainyaṃ paraṃ prāptaḥ

In ⟨the state⟩ bhīta, even a king of many resources, his forces shattered and himself oppressed by the enemy, is vanquished and goes to ruin, reduced to the utmost wretchedness.

स्वस्थानपरिभ्रष्टः क्लिष्टो मलिनः प्रयाति परदेशम्। विध्वस्तबलो विकले रिपुबलसंचकितचित्तश्च

svasthānaparibhraṣṭaḥ kliṣṭo malinaḥ prayāti paradeśam| vidhvastabalo vikale ripubalasaṃcakitacittaśca

In ⟨the state⟩ vikala ⟨the man⟩, fallen from his own station, afflicted and squalid, goes away to a foreign land, his strength shattered and his mind trembling before the enemy's power.

स्त्रीभरणदुःखतप्तः समस्तधननाशकलुषितमनस्कः। न जहाति शोकभारं कथमपि खलसंज्ञिते पुरुषः

strībharaṇaduḥkhataptaḥ samastadhananāśakaluṣitamanaskaḥ| na jahāti śokabhāraṃ kathamapi khalasaṃjñite puruṣaḥ

In the ⟨state⟩ termed khala the man, scorched with the misery of maintaining women, his mind fouled by the destruction of all his wealth, by no means lays down the burden of grief.

उच्चराशौ विलोमे च फलं नान्यैरिहेष्यते। कालस्याति बहुत्वाच्च तस्मात्स्वोच्चेऽतिवक्रिते

uccarāśau vilome ca phalaṃ nānyairiheṣyate| kālasyāti bahutvācca tasmātsvocce'tivakrite

In the sign of exaltation and in retrograde ⟨motion⟩ the result is not admitted here by others; and because the ⟨graha's⟩ time ⟨of stay⟩ is very great, therefore ⟨all the more so⟩ when it is in its own exaltation and strongly retrograde.

स्वोच्चाश्रिताः श्रेष्ठबला भवन्ति मूलत्रिकोणे स्वगृहे च मध्याः। इष्टेक्षिता मित्रगृहाश्रिता वा वीर्यं कनीयः समुपोद्वहन्ति

svoccāśritāḥ śreṣṭhabalā bhavanti mūlatrikoṇe svagṛhe ca madhyāḥ| iṣṭekṣitā mitragṛhāśritā vā vīryaṃ kanīyaḥ samupodvahanti

⟨Grahas⟩ resting in their own exaltation come to have the best strength; in mūlatrikoṇa and in their own house, middling; and aspected by well-disposed ⟨grahas⟩, or resting in a friend's house, they carry a lesser vigour.

शुक्लप्रतिपद्दशके मध्यबलः कीर्त्यते यवनवृद्धैः। श्रेष्ठो द्वितीयदशके स्वल्पबलश्चन्द्रमास्तृतीये च

śuklapratipaddaśake madhyabalaḥ kīrtyate yavanavṛddhaiḥ| śreṣṭho dvitīyadaśake svalpabalaścandramāstṛtīye ca

In the decad ⟨of tithis⟩ beginning with the first day of the bright fortnight the Moon is declared of middling strength by the elders of the Yavanas; in the second decad, best; and in the third, of very slight strength.

आहितकलासमूहः प्रसन्ननिजमण्डलः सुपरिपूर्णः। अप्रतिहतमिह कुरुते भूपतिबलमुडुगणाधिपतिः

āhitakalāsamūhaḥ prasannanijamaṇḍalaḥ suparipūrṇaḥ| apratihatamiha kurute bhūpatibalamuḍugaṇādhipatiḥ

With the whole assemblage of his digits laid on, his own orb clear, quite full — the lord of the host of stars ⟨the Moon⟩ makes the might of a king unassailable here.

चन्द्राध्यासितराशेर्नाथो लग्नाधिपोऽपि वा यस्य। केन्द्रे सुरगुरुमंत्री वयसो मध्ये सुखं तस्य

candrādhyāsitarāśernātho lagnādhipo'pi vā yasya| kendre suragurumaṃtrī vayaso madhye sukhaṃ tasya

He of whom the lord of the sign occupied by the Moon, or ⟨else⟩ the lord of the lagna, ⟨and⟩ Jupiter, preceptor and counsellor of the gods, stand in a kendra — his is happiness in the middle of his life.

राशेस्तदीश्वरस्य च बलेन परिकल्प्यमृक्षभेदफलम्। युगपत्फलोपलब्धेरवधृतिरेकस्य कर्तव्या

rāśestadīśvarasya ca balena parikalpyamṛkṣabhedaphalam| yugapatphalopalabdheravadhṛtirekasya kartavyā

The result of the sign-divisions is to be reckoned by the strength of the sign and of its lord; and since the results ⟨of both⟩ would be got at one and the same time, the determination must be made of one ⟨alone⟩.

होराग्रहबलसाम्ये निसर्गजं चिन्तनीयमाचार्यैः। लग्नाधिपतेस्तुल्यं बलमिह चूडामणिर्वदति

horāgrahabalasāmye nisargajaṃ cintanīyamācāryaiḥ| lagnādhipatestulyaṃ balamiha cūḍāmaṇirvadati

When the strength of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and of the graha is equal, the naturally born ⟨strength⟩ is to be weighed by the teachers. Cūḍāmaṇi says that here the strength is equal to that of the lord of the lagna.

उच्चबलं कन्यायां बुधस्य तुङ्गांशकैः सदा चिन्त्यम्। परतस्त्रिकोणजातं पञ्चभिरंशैः स्वराशिजं परतः

uccabalaṃ kanyāyāṃ budhasya tuṅgāṃśakaiḥ sadā cintyam| paratastrikoṇajātaṃ pañcabhiraṃśaiḥ svarāśijaṃ parataḥ

The exaltation-strength of Mercury in Virgo is always to be reckoned by the degrees of exaltation; beyond that, the ⟨strength⟩ arising from the trikoṇa, through five degrees; beyond that, the ⟨strength⟩ arising from its own sign.

उच्चं भागत्रितयं वृष इन्दोश्च त्रिकोणमपरेंऽशाः। द्वादशभागा मेषे त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभं तु भौमस्य

uccaṃ bhāgatritayaṃ vṛṣa indośca trikoṇamapareṃ'śāḥ| dvādaśabhāgā meṣe trikoṇamapare svabhaṃ tu bhaumasya

For the Moon in Taurus three degrees are exaltation, and the remaining degrees the trikoṇa. For Mars, twelve degrees in Aries are the trikoṇa, and the rest its own sign.

दशभागा ईज्यस्य च त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभं चापे। शुक्रस्य तु त्रिकोणं पञ्चभिरपरे स्वभं जूके

daśabhāgā ījyasya ca trikoṇamapare svabhaṃ cāpe| śukrasya tu trikoṇaṃ pañcabhirapare svabhaṃ jūke

For Jupiter (ījya) ten degrees in Sagittarius ⟨are⟩ the trikoṇa, and the rest its own sign. For Venus the trikoṇa is by five ⟨degrees⟩, and the rest its own sign, in Libra (jūka).

विंशतिरंशाः सिंहे त्रिकोणमपरे स्वभवनमर्कस्य। कुम्भे त्रिकोणनिजभे रविजस्य तथा रवेः सिंहे

viṃśatiraṃśāḥ siṃhe trikoṇamapare svabhavanamarkasya| kumbhe trikoṇanijabhe ravijasya tathā raveḥ siṃhe

Twenty degrees in Leo are the trikoṇa, and the rest the Sun's own house. For Saturn (ravija) in Aquarius the trikoṇa and its own sign ⟨are divided⟩ in the same way as for the Sun in Leo.

स्वोच्चस्थितः शुभफलं प्रकरोति पूर्णं नीचर्क्षगस्तु विफलं रिपुमन्दिरेऽल्पम्। पादं शुभस्य हितभे स्वगृहे तदर्धं पादत्रयं गगनगः स्थितवांस्त्रिकोणे

svoccasthitaḥ śubhaphalaṃ prakaroti pūrṇaṃ nīcarkṣagastu viphalaṃ ripumandire'lpam| pādaṃ śubhasya hitabhe svagṛhe tadardhaṃ pādatrayaṃ gaganagaḥ sthitavāṃstrikoṇe

⟨A graha⟩ standing in its own exaltation produces the auspicious result in full; but gone to the sign of debilitation, fruitless; in an enemy's mansion, little; a quarter of the auspicious ⟨result⟩ in a friendly sign; in its own house half of that ⟨full result⟩; and three quarters when the sky-goer stands in the trikoṇa.

नीचर्क्षगः सकलमेव करोति पापं न्यूनं च किंचिदरिभे विफलं स्वतुङ्गे। पादत्रयं हितगृहे विहगोऽशुभस्य स्वर्क्षे दलं च चरणं स्थितवांस्त्रिकोणे

nīcarkṣagaḥ sakalameva karoti pāpaṃ nyūnaṃ ca kiṃcidaribhe viphalaṃ svatuṅge| pādatrayaṃ hitagṛhe vihago'śubhasya svarkṣe dalaṃ ca caraṇaṃ sthitavāṃstrikoṇe

⟨A graha⟩ gone to the sign of debilitation works the evil ⟨result⟩ entire; somewhat less in an enemy's sign; in its own exaltation, fruitless. In a friendly house the sky-goer ⟨works⟩ three quarters of the inauspicious ⟨result⟩, half in its own sign, and a quarter when standing in the trikoṇa.

औत्पातिकाः सवितृलुप्तकरा विरूक्षा नीचं गता रिपुगृहं च नभश्चरेन्द्राः। युद्धे जिताः शुभफलानि विनाशयन्ति पापानि यानि सुतरां परिवर्धयन्ति

autpātikāḥ savitṛluptakarā virūkṣā nīcaṃ gatā ripugṛhaṃ ca nabhaścarendrāḥ| yuddhe jitāḥ śubhaphalāni vināśayanti pāpāni yāni sutarāṃ parivardhayanti

Portentous ⟨in appearance⟩, their rays effaced by the Sun, harsh-rayed, gone to debilitation or to an enemy's house, and defeated in ⟨planetary⟩ war — the lords that move in the sky destroy auspicious results and greatly augment whatever evil ⟨results⟩ there are.

उच्चबलेन समेतः परां विभूतिं ग्रहः प्रसाधयति। पुंसामथ साचिव्यं त्रिकोणबलवान् बलपतित्वम्

uccabalena sametaḥ parāṃ vibhūtiṃ grahaḥ prasādhayati| puṃsāmatha sācivyaṃ trikoṇabalavān balapatitvam

A graha furnished with exaltation-strength accomplishes the highest opulence for men; and one strong in the trikoṇa, the office of counsellor and the command of forces.

स्वर्क्षे बलेन सहितः प्रमुदितधनधान्यसंपदाक्रान्तम्। मित्र बलेन च युक्तो जनयति कीर्त्यान्वितं पुरुषम्

svarkṣe balena sahitaḥ pramuditadhanadhānyasaṃpadākrāntam| mitra balena ca yukto janayati kīrtyānvitaṃ puruṣam

⟨A graha⟩ possessed of strength in its own sign produces ⟨a man⟩ overrun with gladdening wealth, grain and prosperity; and joined with the strength of a friend ⟨-ly sign⟩ it produces a man attended by fame.

तेजस्विनमति सुभगं सुस्थिरविभवं नृपाच्च लब्धधनम्। निजहोराबलयुक्तो जनयति विक्रान्तमिति चिन्त्यम्

tejasvinamati subhagaṃ susthiravibhavaṃ nṛpācca labdhadhanam| nijahorābalayukto janayati vikrāntamiti cintyam

⟨A graha⟩ joined with the strength of its own horā produces a man of splendour, exceedingly fortunate, of firmly settled wealth, gaining riches from the king, and valorous — so it is to be considered.

स्वद्रेष्काणबलेनाहीनो गुणभाजनं ग्रहः कुरुते। स्वनवांशकबलयुक्तः करोति पुरुषं प्रसिद्धं च

svadreṣkāṇabalenāhīno guṇabhājanaṃ grahaḥ kurute| svanavāṃśakabalayuktaḥ karoti puruṣaṃ prasiddhaṃ ca

A graha not deficient in the strength of its own drekkāṇa makes ⟨the native⟩ a vessel of good qualities ⟨guṇa⟩; and one endowed with the strength of its own navāṃśa makes the man renowned.

सप्तांशकबलसहितः साहसिकं वित्तकीर्त्याढ्यम्। द्विरसांशबलसमेतः कर्मरतं परोपकारकं चैव

saptāṃśakabalasahitaḥ sāhasikaṃ vittakīrtyāḍhyam| dvirasāṃśabalasametaḥ karmarataṃ paropakārakaṃ caiva

Possessed of the strength of the saptāṃśa ⟨a graha makes the man⟩ daring, and rich in wealth and fame; endowed with the strength of the dvirasāṃśa ⟨the twice-six part, i.e. the dvādaśāṃśa⟩, ⟨it makes him⟩ devoted to his work and a doer of good to others.

त्रिंशांशबलेन तथा विकसत्सौख्यं गुणान्वितं कुर्यात्। शुभदर्शनफलसहितः पुरुषं कुर्याद्धनान्वितं ख्यातम्। सुभगं प्रधानमखिलं सुरूपदेहं सुसौख्यं च

triṃśāṃśabalena tathā vikasatsaukhyaṃ guṇānvitaṃ kuryāt| śubhadarśanaphalasahitaḥ puruṣaṃ kuryāddhanānvitaṃ khyātam| subhagaṃ pradhānamakhilaṃ surūpadehaṃ susaukhyaṃ ca

By the strength of the triṃśāṃśa likewise ⟨a graha⟩ makes ⟨the native⟩ endowed with good qualities and with unfolding happiness. Attended by the fruit of a benefic aspect it makes the man wealthy and famed, fortunate, foremost in everything, fair of body, and of great comfort.

पुंस्त्रीभवनबलेन च करोति जनपूजितं कलाकुशलम्। पुरुषं प्रसन्नचित्तं कल्यं परलोकभीरुं च

puṃstrībhavanabalena ca karoti janapūjitaṃ kalākuśalam| puruṣaṃ prasannacittaṃ kalyaṃ paralokabhīruṃ ca

By the strength of a male or female sign ⟨puṃstrī-bhavana-bala⟩ ⟨a graha⟩ makes the man honoured by people, skilled in the arts, cheerful of mind, sound in health, and afraid of the world to come.

स्थानबलेन समेतः स्थिति सौख्यसुहृच्च भागाढ्यः। धीरो निश्चलचित्तः स्वतन्त्रकर्मा भवेन्मनुजः

sthānabalena sametaḥ sthiti saukhyasuhṛcca bhāgāḍhyaḥ| dhīro niścalacittaḥ svatantrakarmā bhavenmanujaḥ

⟨With a graha⟩ endowed with positional strength ⟨sthāna-bala⟩, the man comes to have stability, comfort and friends, is rich in his portion, steadfast, unwavering of mind, and independent in his acts.

आशाबलसमुपेतो नयति स्वदिशं नभश्चरः पुरुषम्। नीत्वा वस्त्रविभूषणवाहनसौख्यान्वितं कुरुते

āśābalasamupeto nayati svadiśaṃ nabhaścaraḥ puruṣam| nītvā vastravibhūṣaṇavāhanasaukhyānvitaṃ kurute

Endowed with directional strength ⟨āśā-bala⟩ the sky-goer ⟨graha⟩ leads the man towards its own quarter, and having led him there makes him possessed of clothes, ornaments, vehicles and comfort.

आयनबलसमुपेतो दद्याद्विविधार्थसङ्गमं स्वदिशि

āyanabalasamupeto dadyādvividhārthasaṅgamaṃ svadiśi

Endowed with ayana-bala ⟨a graha⟩ gives the coming together of manifold wealth in its own quarter.

क्वचिद्राज्यं क्वचित्पूजां क्वचिद्द्रव्यं क्वचिद्यशः। ददाति विहगश्चित्रं चेष्टावीर्यसमन्वितः

kvacidrājyaṃ kvacitpūjāṃ kvaciddravyaṃ kvacidyaśaḥ| dadāti vihagaścitraṃ ceṣṭāvīryasamanvitaḥ

Sometimes sovereignty, sometimes honour, sometimes wealth, sometimes fame — the sky-goer ⟨graha⟩ endowed with the vigour of motion ⟨ceṣṭā-bala⟩ gives variously.

वक्रिणस्तु महावीर्याः शुभा राज्यप्रदा ग्रहाः। पापा व्यसनिनां पुंसां कुर्वन्ति च वृथाटनम्

vakriṇastu mahāvīryāḥ śubhā rājyapradā grahāḥ| pāpā vyasanināṃ puṃsāṃ kurvanti ca vṛthāṭanam

Retrograde grahas are of great strength: benefic ⟨ones so placed⟩ bestow sovereignty, while malefics cause the fruitless roaming of men given over to vice.

स्वस्थशरीरसमागमसुकरोद्भवजयबलेन विदधाति। शुभमखिलं विहगेन्द्रो राज्यं च विनिर्जितारातिम्

svasthaśarīrasamāgamasukarodbhavajayabalena vidadhāti| śubhamakhilaṃ vihagendro rājyaṃ ca vinirjitārātim

By the strength of victory — victory readily won at the meeting ⟨of grahas⟩ with its own body sound — the lord of sky-goers ⟨graha⟩ ordains every auspicious thing, and sovereignty besides, ⟨making the native one⟩ whose enemies are utterly vanquished.

रात्रिदिवाबलपूर्णैर्भूगजलाभेन शौर्यपरिवृद्ध्या। मलिनयति शत्रुपक्षं भजति च लक्ष्मीं नभश्चरैः पुरुषः

rātridivābalapūrṇairbhūgajalābhena śauryaparivṛddhyā| malinayati śatrupakṣaṃ bhajati ca lakṣmīṃ nabhaścaraiḥ puruṣaḥ

Through sky-goers ⟨grahas⟩ full of night- and day-strength, by the gain of land and elephants and by the increase of valour, the man blackens the enemy's ranks and comes to possess Lakṣmī ⟨fortune⟩.

द्विगुणं द्विगुणं दद्युर्वर्षाधिपमासदिवसहोरेशाः। क्रमपरिवृद्ध्या सौख्यं स्वदशासु धनं च कीर्तिं च

dviguṇaṃ dviguṇaṃ dadyurvarṣādhipamāsadivasahoreśāḥ| kramaparivṛddhyā saukhyaṃ svadaśāsu dhanaṃ ca kīrtiṃ ca

The lord of the year, and the lords of the month, the day and the horā ⟨hour⟩, give — each double and double again, by successive increase — comfort, wealth and fame in their own daśās.

पक्षबलाद्रिपुनाशं रत्नाम्बरहस्तिसंपदं दद्युः। स्त्रीकनकभूमिलाभान्कीर्तिं च शशाङ्ककरधवलाम्

pakṣabalādripunāśaṃ ratnāmbarahastisaṃpadaṃ dadyuḥ| strīkanakabhūmilābhānkīrtiṃ ca śaśāṅkakaradhavalām

From pakṣa-bala ⟨the grahas⟩ give the destruction of enemies, a wealth of gems, garments and elephants, gains of women, gold and land, and a fame white as the rays of the moon.

सकलकरभारभारितनिर्मलकरजालभासुराः सततम्। राज्यं ग्रहाः प्रदद्युः सौख्यं च मनोरथातीतम्

sakalakarabhārabhāritanirmalakarajālabhāsurāḥ satatam| rājyaṃ grahāḥ pradadyuḥ saukhyaṃ ca manorathātītam

Grahas laden with the whole burden of their rays and resplendent with a spotless web of light grant unceasingly sovereignty, and a comfort that outruns desire.

आचारसत्यशुभशौचयुताः सुरूपास्तेजस्विनः कृतिविदो द्विजदेवभक्ताः। स्रग्वस्त्रगन्धजलभूषणसंप्रियाश्च सौम्यग्रहैर्बलयुतैः पुरुषा भवन्ति

ācārasatyaśubhaśaucayutāḥ surūpāstejasvinaḥ kṛtivido dvijadevabhaktāḥ| sragvastragandhajalabhūṣaṇasaṃpriyāśca saumyagrahairbalayutaiḥ puruṣā bhavanti

Through benefic grahas endowed with strength men come to be possessed of good conduct, truth, goodness and purity; fair of form, lustrous, skilled in works, devoted to the twice-born and to the gods, and fond of garlands, garments, perfumes, water and ornaments.

लुब्धाः कुकर्मनिरता निजकार्यनिष्ठाः साधुद्विषः सकलहाश्च तमोऽभिभूताः। क्रूराः सदा बधरता मलिनाः कृतघ्नाः पापग्रहैर्बलयुतैः पिशुनाः कुरूपाः

lubdhāḥ kukarmaniratā nijakāryaniṣṭhāḥ sādhudviṣaḥ sakalahāśca tamo'bhibhūtāḥ| krūrāḥ sadā badharatā malināḥ kṛtaghnāḥ pāpagrahairbalayutaiḥ piśunāḥ kurūpāḥ

Through malefic grahas endowed with strength men are greedy, given to evil deeds, intent only on their own affairs, haters of the good, quarrelsome, overcome by tamas, cruel, ever bent on slaughter, foul, ungrateful, slanderers, and ill-formed.

स्वमित्रक्षेत्रसंस्थानां ग्रहाणां बालसंज्ञिका। स्वत्रिकोणगतानां च कुमारी नाम संज्ञिका

svamitrakṣetrasaṃsthānāṃ grahāṇāṃ bālasaṃjñikā| svatrikoṇagatānāṃ ca kumārī nāma saṃjñikā

Of grahas standing in their own or a friend's sign the ⟨daśā⟩ bears the name bāla ⟨'the child'⟩; and of those gone to their own trikoṇa ⟨mūlatrikoṇa⟩ the name is kumārī ⟨'the maiden'⟩.

ग्रहाणां स्वोच्चसंस्थानां युवराजभिधा भवेत्। शत्रुक्षेत्रगतानां च वृद्धा नाम तथेरिता

grahāṇāṃ svoccasaṃsthānāṃ yuvarājabhidhā bhavet| śatrukṣetragatānāṃ ca vṛddhā nāma tatheritā

Of grahas standing in their own exaltation the designation is yuvarāja ⟨'the crown prince'⟩; and of those gone to an enemy's sign the name vṛddhā ⟨'the aged'⟩ is likewise declared.

नीचगानां ग्रहाणां च दशा मरणसंज्ञिता। तत्तत्फलसमायुक्ता ग्रहाणां तु दशा भवेत्

nīcagānāṃ grahāṇāṃ ca daśā maraṇasaṃjñitā| tattatphalasamāyuktā grahāṇāṃ tu daśā bhavet

And of grahas gone to debilitation the daśā is named maraṇa ⟨'death'⟩. The daśā of the grahas is thus attended by the fruits proper to each ⟨of these names⟩.

बालैः सुखी सुशीलश्च यौवनैरवनीश्वरः। वृद्धैर्व्याधिर्ऋणे वृद्धिर्मरणे मरणं व्ययम्

bālaiḥ sukhī suśīlaśca yauvanairavanīśvaraḥ| vṛddhairvyādhirṛṇe vṛddhirmaraṇe maraṇaṃ vyayam

By the bāla ⟨daśās the native is⟩ happy and of good conduct; by the yauvana ⟨= yuvarāja⟩, a lord of the earth; by the vṛddha, disease and a growth of debt; in the maraṇa, death and loss.

पुंराशिगैः शुभखगैर्धीराः सङ्ग्रामरक्षिणो बलिनः। निश्चेष्टैः सुकठोराः क्रूरा मूर्खाश्च जायन्ते

puṃrāśigaiḥ śubhakhagairdhīrāḥ saṅgrāmarakṣiṇo balinaḥ| niśceṣṭaiḥ sukaṭhorāḥ krūrā mūrkhāśca jāyante

Through benefic sky-goers ⟨grahas⟩ gone to male rāśis men are born steadfast, guardians in battle, and strong; through ⟨grahas⟩ devoid of motion ⟨niśceṣṭa⟩ they are born very hard, cruel, and dolts.

युवतिभवनस्थितेषु च मृदवः सङ्ग्रामभीरुकाः पुरुषाः। जलकुसुमवस्त्रनिरताः सौम्याः कल्याः स्वजनहृष्टाः

yuvatibhavanasthiteṣu ca mṛdavaḥ saṅgrāmabhīrukāḥ puruṣāḥ| jalakusumavastraniratāḥ saumyāḥ kalyāḥ svajanahṛṣṭāḥ

And when ⟨the grahas⟩ stand in female signs, men are soft, timid in battle, given to water, flowers and garments, mild, sound in health, and gladdened by their own kin.

स्वर्क्षत्रिकोणतुङ्गस्था यदि केन्द्रेषु संस्थिताः। अन्योन्यं कारकास्ते स्युः केन्द्रेष्वेव हरेर्मतम्

svarkṣatrikoṇatuṅgasthā yadi kendreṣu saṃsthitāḥ| anyonyaṃ kārakāste syuḥ kendreṣveva harermatam

Grahas standing in their own sign, in trikoṇa, or in exaltation, if they are situated in the kendras, become kārakas to one another; ⟨that they stand⟩ in the kendras alone is Hari's view.

रवितनयो जूकस्थः कुलीरलग्ने बृहस्पतिहिमांशू। मेषे कुजो रवियुतः परस्परं कारका एते

ravitanayo jūkasthaḥ kulīralagne bṛhaspatihimāṃśū| meṣe kujo raviyutaḥ parasparaṃ kārakā ete

Saturn standing in Jūka (Libra); Jupiter and the Moon with Kulīra (Cancer) for the lagna; in Meṣa (Aries) Mars joined with the Sun — these are kārakas to one another.

तुङ्गसुहृत्स्वगृहांशे स्थिता ग्रहाः कारकाः समाख्याताः। मेषूरणे च रविरिति विशेषतो वक्ति चाणक्यः

tuṅgasuhṛtsvagṛhāṃśe sthitā grahāḥ kārakāḥ samākhyātāḥ| meṣūraṇe ca raviriti viśeṣato vakti cāṇakyaḥ

Grahas standing in the aṃśa of exaltation, of a friend, or of their own house are declared to be kārakas; and the Sun in the meṣūraṇa (the 10th house) in particular, says Cāṇakya.

लग्नस्थाः सुखसंस्था दशमस्थाश्चापि कारकाः सर्वे। एकादशेऽपि केचिद्वाञ्छन्ति न तन्मतं मुनीन्द्राणाम्

lagnasthāḥ sukhasaṃsthā daśamasthāścāpi kārakāḥ sarve| ekādaśe'pi kecidvāñchanti na tanmataṃ munīndrāṇām

All ⟨grahas⟩ standing in the lagna, standing in the sukha (the 4th house), and standing in the 10th as well are kārakas. Some would have the 11th too; that is not the view of the chief among the sages.

नीचकुले संभूतः कारकविहगैः प्रधानतां याति। क्षितिपतिवंशसमुत्थो भवति नरेन्द्रो न सन्देहः

nīcakule saṃbhūtaḥ kārakavihagaiḥ pradhānatāṃ yāti| kṣitipativaṃśasamuttho bhavati narendro na sandehaḥ

One born in a low family attains pre-eminence through the kāraka grahas; one arisen in the line of a lord of the earth becomes a lord of men — there is no doubt.

कारकभेदो बलवान्मूलं योगेषु कीर्तितो हरिणा। तस्मात्फलनिर्देशः कारकवेधादिभिर्वाच्यः

kārakabhedo balavānmūlaṃ yogeṣu kīrtito hariṇā| tasmātphalanirdeśaḥ kārakavedhādibhirvācyaḥ

The distinction of kārakas is powerful, and Hari has proclaimed it the root among the yogas; therefore the declaring of results is to be spoken by way of the kārakas, the vedhas and the rest.

रविचन्द्रभौमबुधजीवशुक्रसौरा दिनादिपतयश्च। मासे चाश्वयुजादौ दिनेश्वरोऽब्दे दिनपतेश्च

ravicandrabhaumabudhajīvaśukrasaurā dinādipatayaśca| māse cāśvayujādau dineśvaro'bde dinapateśca

The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn are the lords of the day and the rest ⟨in that order⟩. In the month — ⟨the months⟩ reckoned from Āśvayuja ⟨Āśvina⟩ — the lord of the day ⟨on which it begins is the month's lord⟩; and in the year, ⟨the lord is reckoned⟩ from the lord of the day.

अब्दाधिपाश्चतुर्थाः क्रमेण षष्ठास्तु कालहोरेशाः। द्विर्द्वादशहोराः स्युर्दिवसास्त्वर्कादि कास्त्रिंशत्

abdādhipāścaturthāḥ krameṇa ṣaṣṭhāstu kālahoreśāḥ| dvirdvādaśahorāḥ syurdivasāstvarkādi kāstriṃśat

The lords of the years are the fourth in order; the lords of the kāla-horās, the sixth. The horās are twice twelve ⟨twenty-four⟩, and the days, beginning with the Sun's, are thirty.

मासास्त्रिंशद्गुणिता गतैर्दिनैः सप्तभाजिता दिवसाः। अब्दाधिपाः प्रगण्या गतैर्दिनाद्यैः प्रयत्नतस्तु स्युः

māsāstriṃśadguṇitā gatairdinaiḥ saptabhājitā divasāḥ| abdādhipāḥ pragaṇyā gatairdinādyaiḥ prayatnatastu syuḥ

The months ⟨elapsed⟩, multiplied by thirty ⟨and increased⟩ by the days elapsed and divided by seven, ⟨give⟩ the days ⟨and so their lords⟩. The lords of the years too are to be reckoned with care from the elapsed days and the rest.

एकस्त्रिंशद्भागैर्युक्तश्चैत्रादीनां ग्रहादीनाम्। क्रमशो विज्ञातव्या शुक्लप्रतिपत्प्रसंख्यायाम्

ekastriṃśadbhāgairyuktaścaitrādīnāṃ grahādīnām| kramaśo vijñātavyā śuklapratipatprasaṃkhyāyām

⟨The number⟩ one, increased by thirty units ⟨for each month in turn⟩, ⟨gives⟩ for ⟨the months⟩ beginning with Caitra the ⟨lords⟩ among the grahas and the rest, to be known in order, in the reckoning of the first tithi of the bright fortnight.

यस्य ग्रहस्य भावो यस्तस्य गृहे प्रशस्यते कर्म। तस्मिंश्चोपचयस्थे तस्मिंल्लग्ने गृहे चास्य

yasya grahasya bhāvo yastasya gṛhe praśasyate karma| tasmiṃścopacayasthe tasmiṃllagne gṛhe cāsya

Whatever matter belongs to whatever graha, the undertaking ⟨that concerns it⟩ is commended in that ⟨graha's⟩ sign; and when that ⟨graha⟩ stands in an upacaya; and when that ⟨sign⟩ is the lagna; and ⟨when he is⟩ in his own house.

यत्कर्मग्रहदिवसे तदेव होराब्दमासकालेषु। पादविवृद्ध्या वा स्यात्तेषां कालस्य संपाकः

yatkarmagrahadivase tadeva horābdamāsakāleṣu| pādavivṛddhyā vā syātteṣāṃ kālasya saṃpākaḥ

Whatever undertaking ⟨is fit⟩ on a graha's day, that same ⟨is fit⟩ in its horā, its year and its month periods; or else the ripening of their time comes about by increase of a quarter.

व्यालोर्णकशैलसुवर्णशस्त्रविषदहनभेषजनृपाश्च। म्लेच्छाब्धितारकान्तारकाष्ठमन्त्रप्रभुः सूर्यः

vyālorṇakaśailasuvarṇaśastraviṣadahanabheṣajanṛpāśca| mlecchābdhitārakāntārakāṣṭhamantraprabhuḥ sūryaḥ

Beasts of prey, wool, mountains, gold, weapons, poison, fire, medicines and kings; foreigners, the ocean, stars, wilderness, timber and mantras — the Sun is lord ⟨of these⟩.

कविकुसुमभोज्यमणिरजतशंखलवणोदकेषु वस्त्राणाम्। भूषणनारीघृततिलतैलकनिद्राप्रभुश्चन्द्रः

kavikusumabhojyamaṇirajataśaṃkhalavaṇodakeṣu vastrāṇām| bhūṣaṇanārīghṛtatilatailakanidrāprabhuścandraḥ

Poets, flowers, food, gems, silver, conches, salt and waters; clothes; ornaments, women, ghee, sesame, oil and sleep — of these the Moon is lord.

रक्तोत्पलताम्रसुवर्णरुधिरपारदमनः शिलाद्यानाम्। क्षितिनृपतिपतनमूर्च्छापैत्तिकचोरप्रभुर्भौमः

raktotpalatāmrasuvarṇarudhirapāradamanaḥ śilādyānām| kṣitinṛpatipatanamūrcchāpaittikacoraprabhurbhaumaḥ

Red lotuses, copper, gold, blood, quicksilver, realgar and the like; land, kings, falls, fainting, bilious ⟨disorders⟩ and thieves — of these Mars is lord.

श्रुतिलिखितशिल्पवैद्यकनैपुणमन्त्रित्वदूतहास्यानाम्। खगयुग्मख्यातिवनस्पतिस्वर्णमयप्रभुः सौम्य

śrutilikhitaśilpavaidyakanaipuṇamantritvadūtahāsyānām| khagayugmakhyātivanaspatisvarṇamayaprabhuḥ saumya

Sacred learning, writing, craft, medicine, skill, ministership, envoys and jest; birds, pairs, fame, trees and things made of gold — of these Mercury is lord.

माङ्गल्यधर्मपौष्टिकमहत्त्वशिक्षानियोगपुरराष्ट्रम्। यानासनशयनसुवर्णधान्वेश्मपुत्रपो जीवः

māṅgalyadharmapauṣṭikamahattvaśikṣāniyogapurarāṣṭram| yānāsanaśayanasuvarṇadhānveśmaputrapo jīvaḥ

Auspicious rites, dharma, rites of prosperity, eminence, instruction, appointment ⟨to office⟩, city and realm; vehicles, seats, beds, gold, grain, dwellings and sons — of these Jupiter is lord.

वज्रमणिरत्नभूषणविवाहगन्धेष्टमाल्ययुवतीनाम्। गोमयनिदानविद्यानिधुवनरजतप्रभुः शुक्रः

vajramaṇiratnabhūṣaṇavivāhagandheṣṭamālyayuvatīnām| gomayanidānavidyānidhuvanarajataprabhuḥ śukraḥ

Diamonds, pearls, jewels, ornaments, marriage, perfumes, desired things, garlands and young women; cow-dung, diagnosis, learning, sexual intercourse and silver — of these Venus is lord.

त्रपुसीसकाललोहककुधान्यमृतबन्धुमन्दभृतकानाम्। नीचस्त्रीपण्यकदासदीनदीक्षाप्रभुः सौरिः

trapusīsakālalohakakudhānyamṛtabandhumandabhṛtakānām| nīcastrīpaṇyakadāsadīnadīkṣāprabhuḥ sauriḥ

Tin, lead, black iron, poor grain, the dead, kinsmen, the dull and hired servants; base women, wares, slaves, the wretched and consecration — of these Saturn is lord.

अर्कः कलिङ्गविषये यवनेषु च चन्द्रमाः। शुक्रः समतटे जातः सैन्धवेषु बृहस्पतिः

arkaḥ kaliṅgaviṣaye yavaneṣu ca candramāḥ| śukraḥ samataṭe jātaḥ saindhaveṣu bṛhaspatiḥ

The Sun ⟨was born⟩ in the country of Kaliṅga, and the Moon among the Yavanas; Venus was born in Samataṭa, Jupiter among the Saindhavas.

मगधेषु बुधो जातः सौराष्ट्रेषु शनैश्चरः। अङ्गारकस्तूज्जयिन्यां राहुः केतुश्च द्राविडे

magadheṣu budho jātaḥ saurāṣṭreṣu śanaiścaraḥ| aṅgārakastūjjayinyāṃ rāhuḥ ketuśca drāviḍe

Mercury was born among the Magadhas, Saturn in Saurāṣṭra; Mars in Ujjayinī, and Rāhu and Ketu in Drāviḍa.

राश्यादिफलविभागः कस्य विधेयो विना समुत्पत्तेः। आधानमथो वक्ष्ये कारणभूतं समस्तजन्तूनाम्

rāśyādiphalavibhāgaḥ kasya vidheyo vinā samutpatteḥ| ādhānamatho vakṣye kāraṇabhūtaṃ samastajantūnām

Without a coming into being, for whom is the apportioning of results by rāśi and the rest to be made? So now I shall declare the ādhāna (the conception), which is the cause of all living creatures.

अनुपचयराशिसंस्थे कुमुदाकरबान्धवे रुधिरदृष्टे। प्रतिमासं युवतीनां भवतीह रजो ब्रुवन्त्येके

anupacayarāśisaṃsthe kumudākarabāndhave rudhiradṛṣṭe| pratimāsaṃ yuvatīnāṃ bhavatīha rajo bruvantyeke

When the Moon stands in an anupacaya rāśi (other than the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th) and is aspected by Mars, then, some declare, the menses of women occur here month by month.

इन्दुर्जलं कुजोऽग्निर्जलमसृगथवाग्निरेव पित्तं स्यात्। एवं रक्ते हीने पित्तेन रजः प्रवर्तते स्त्रीषु

indurjalaṃ kujo'gnirjalamasṛgathavāgnireva pittaṃ syāt| evaṃ rakte hīne pittena rajaḥ pravartate strīṣu

The Moon is water, Mars is fire; the water is the blood, or else the fire is the bile (pitta). Thus, when the blood is diminished by the bile, the menstrual flow sets in among women.

एवं यद्भवति रजो गर्भस्य निमित्तमेव कथितं तत्। उपचयसंस्थे विफलं प्रतिमासं दर्शनं तस्य

evaṃ yadbhavati rajo garbhasya nimittameva kathitaṃ tat| upacayasaṃsthe viphalaṃ pratimāsaṃ darśanaṃ tasya

The menstrual flow that occurs thus is declared to be the very cause of the embryo; but when ⟨the Moon⟩ stands in an upacaya (the 3rd, 6th, 10th, 11th), its monthly appearance is fruitless.

उपचयभवने शशभृद् दृष्टो गुरुणा सुहृद्भिरथवासौ। पुंसां करोति योगं विशेषतः शुक्रसंदृष्टः

upacayabhavane śaśabhṛd dṛṣṭo guruṇā suhṛdbhirathavāsau| puṃsāṃ karoti yogaṃ viśeṣataḥ śukrasaṃdṛṣṭaḥ

The Moon in an upacaya house, aspected by Jupiter or by ⟨its⟩ friends, brings about union with men, and especially so when aspected by Venus.

चन्द्रे कुजेन दृष्टे पुष्पवती सह विटेन संयोगम्। राजपुरुषेण रविणा रविजेनाप्नोति भृत्येन

candre kujena dṛṣṭe puṣpavatī saha viṭena saṃyogam| rājapuruṣeṇa raviṇā ravijenāpnoti bhṛtyena

When the Moon is aspected by Mars, the woman in her courses (puṣpavatī) obtains union with a rake; when by the Sun, with a king's man; when by Saturn, with a servant.

एकैकेन फलं स्याद्दृष्टे नान्यैः कुजादिभिः पापैः। सर्वैः स्वगृहं त्यक्त्वा गच्छति वेश्यापदं युवतिः

ekaikena phalaṃ syāddṛṣṭe nānyaiḥ kujādibhiḥ pāpaiḥ| sarvaiḥ svagṛhaṃ tyaktvā gacchati veśyāpadaṃ yuvatiḥ

The result holds when ⟨the Moon⟩ is aspected by one of these singly and not by the other malefics beginning with Mars; when all of them ⟨aspect it⟩, the woman abandons her own house and goes to the estate of a harlot.

द्विपदादयो विलग्नात्सुरतं कुर्वन्ति सप्तमे यद्वत्। तद्वत्स्त्रीपुरुषाणां गर्भाधाने समादेश्यम्

dvipadādayo vilagnātsurataṃ kurvanti saptame yadvat| tadvatstrīpuruṣāṇāṃ garbhādhāne samādeśyam

Just as the biped signs and the rest, standing in the seventh from the lagna, determine the intercourse, so it is to be declared of men and women at the garbhādhāna (the conception).

अस्तेऽशुभयुतदृष्टे सरोषकलहं भवेद्ग्राम्यम्। सौम्यं सौम्यैः सुरतं वात्स्यायनसंप्रयोगिकाख्यातम्

aste'śubhayutadṛṣṭe saroṣakalahaṃ bhavedgrāmyam| saumyaṃ saumyaiḥ surataṃ vātsyāyanasaṃprayogikākhyātam

When the seventh house is joined or aspected by malefics, the coupling is full of anger and quarrel; with benefics, the intercourse is gentle, of the sort declared in the Sāṃprayogika of Vātsyāyana.

तत्र शुभाशुभमिश्रैः कर्मभिरधिवासिता विषयवृत्तिः। गर्भावासे निपतति संयोगे शुक्रशोणितयोः

tatra śubhāśubhamiśraiḥ karmabhiradhivāsitā viṣayavṛttiḥ| garbhāvāse nipatati saṃyoge śukraśoṇitayoḥ

There, ⟨the soul's⟩ sense-bound disposition, steeped in deeds mixed of merit and demerit, falls into the dwelling of the womb at the union of semen and blood.

उपचयगौ रविशुक्रौ बलिनौ पुंसः स्वमंशकं प्राप्तौ। युवतेर्वा कुजचन्द्रौ यदा तदा गर्भसंभवो भवति

upacayagau raviśukrau balinau puṃsaḥ svamaṃśakaṃ prāptau| yuvatervā kujacandrau yadā tadā garbhasaṃbhavo bhavati

When the Sun and Venus, strong, stand in upacayas from the man and have attained their own aṃśa, or when Mars and the Moon ⟨so stand⟩ from the woman, then conception comes about.

शुक्रार्कभौमशशिभिः स्वांशोपचयस्थितैः सुरेड्ये वा। धर्मोदयात्मजस्थे बलवति गर्भस्य संभवो भवति

śukrārkabhaumaśaśibhiḥ svāṃśopacayasthitaiḥ sureḍye vā| dharmodayātmajasthe balavati garbhasya saṃbhavo bhavati

When Venus, the Sun, Mars and the Moon stand in their own aṃśas and in upacayas, or when Jupiter, being strong, stands in the ninth, the ascendant or the fifth, conception comes about.

मिथुनस्य मनोभावो यादृङ्मदलालसं भवति। श्लेष्मादिभिः स्वदोषैस्तत्तुल्यगुणो निषिक्तः स्यात्

mithunasya manobhāvo yādṛṅmadalālasaṃ bhavati| śleṣmādibhiḥ svadoṣaistattulyaguṇo niṣiktaḥ syāt

Whatever the couple's state of mind may be as they lie languid with passion, and by whatever doṣas of their own — phlegm and the rest — ⟨they are governed⟩, the one implanted ⟨in the womb⟩ comes to be of qualities matching that.

विषमे विषमांशगता होराशशिजीवभास्करा बलिनः। कुर्वन्ति जन्म पुंसां समे समांशे तु युवतीनाम्

viṣame viṣamāṃśagatā horāśaśijīvabhāskarā balinaḥ| kurvanti janma puṃsāṃ same samāṃśe tu yuvatīnām

The horā (the ascendant), the Moon, Jupiter and the Sun, strong and gone to an odd ⟨sign⟩ and an odd aṃśa, bring about the birth of males; but in an even ⟨sign⟩ and an even aṃśa, of females.

ओजर्क्षे गुरुसूर्यौ बलिनौ पुंसः समे सितेन्दुकुजाः। कन्यानां जन्मकरा गर्भाधाने स्थिता बलिनः

ojarkṣe gurusūryau balinau puṃsaḥ same sitendukujāḥ| kanyānāṃ janmakarā garbhādhāne sthitā balinaḥ

Jupiter and the Sun, strong in an odd sign, ⟨cause the birth⟩ of a male; Venus, the Moon and Mars, strong and posited in an even ⟨sign⟩ at the garbhādhāna, are the causers of the birth of girls.

मिथुने चापेऽर्कगुरू बुधदृष्टौ दारकद्वयं कुरुतः। स्त्रीयुग्मं कन्यायां सितशशिभौमा झषे च बुधदृष्टाः

mithune cāpe'rkagurū budhadṛṣṭau dārakadvayaṃ kurutaḥ| strīyugmaṃ kanyāyāṃ sitaśaśibhaumā jhaṣe ca budhadṛṣṭāḥ

The Sun and Jupiter in Gemini or Sagittarius, aspected by Mercury, produce two boys; Venus, the Moon and Mars in Virgo or in Pisces, aspected by Mercury, ⟨produce⟩ a pair of girls.

लग्नं मुक्त्वा विषमे शनैश्चरः पुरुषजन्मदो भवति। योगे विहगस्य बलं संवीक्ष्य वदेन्नरं स्त्रियं वाऽपि

lagnaṃ muktvā viṣame śanaiścaraḥ puruṣajanmado bhavati| yoge vihagasya balaṃ saṃvīkṣya vadennaraṃ striyaṃ vā'pi

Saturn in an odd ⟨sign⟩, the lagna excepted, gives the birth of a male. Where ⟨grahas⟩ combine, one should examine the strength of the graha and pronounce male or female accordingly.

अन्योन्यं रविचन्द्रौ विषमर्क्षगतौ निरीक्षेते। इन्दुजरविपुत्रौ वा दृष्टौ बलिनौ नपुंसकं कुरुतः

anyonyaṃ ravicandrau viṣamarkṣagatau nirīkṣete| indujaraviputrau vā dṛṣṭau balinau napuṃsakaṃ kurutaḥ

If the Sun and the Moon, standing in odd signs, aspect one another; or if Mercury and Saturn, strong, are aspected ⟨thus⟩ — they produce a napuṃsaka (a neuter).

पश्यति वक्रः समभे सूर्यं चन्द्रोदयौ च विषमर्क्षे। यद्येवं गर्भस्थः क्लीबो मुनिभिः समादिष्टः

paśyati vakraḥ samabhe sūryaṃ candrodayau ca viṣamarkṣe| yadyevaṃ garbhasthaḥ klībo munibhiḥ samādiṣṭaḥ

If Mars in an even sign aspects the Sun, and the Moon and the lagna standing in an odd sign — if it is so, the one in the womb is declared by the sages to be a klība (impotent).

ओजसमराशिसंस्थौ ज्ञेन्दू षण्ढं कुजेक्षितौ कुरुतः। नरभे विषमनवांशे होरेन्दुबुधाः सितार्किदृष्टा वा

ojasamarāśisaṃsthau jñendū ṣaṇḍhaṃ kujekṣitau kurutaḥ| narabhe viṣamanavāṃśe horendubudhāḥ sitārkidṛṣṭā vā

Mercury and the Moon, standing ⟨the one⟩ in an odd and ⟨the other⟩ in an even rāśi and aspected by Mars, produce a ṣaṇḍha (a eunuch); or the horā (the ascendant), the Moon and Mercury in a human sign and in an odd navāṃśa, aspected by Venus and Saturn, ⟨do the same⟩.

लग्ने समराशिगते चन्द्रे च निरीक्षिते बलयुतेन। गगनसदा वक्तव्यं मिथुनं गर्भस्थितं नित्यम्

lagne samarāśigate candre ca nirīkṣite balayutena| gaganasadā vaktavyaṃ mithunaṃ garbhasthitaṃ nityam

When the lagna and the Moon are gone to even rāśis and are aspected by a strong graha, twins in the womb are always to be declared.

समराशौ शशिसितयोर्विषमे गुरुवक्रसौम्यलग्नेषु। द्विशरीरे वा बलिषु प्रवदेत् स्त्रीपुरुषमत्रैव

samarāśau śaśisitayorviṣame guruvakrasaumyalagneṣu| dviśarīre vā baliṣu pravadet strīpuruṣamatraiva

The Moon and Venus in an even rāśi, and Jupiter, Mars, Mercury and the lagna in an odd one — or these, strong, in a two-bodied (dual) sign — here too one should declare a female and a male ⟨as twins⟩.

द्विशरीरांशकयुक्तान् ग्रहान् विलग्नं च पश्यतीन्दुसुते। मिथुनांशे कन्यैका द्वौ पुरुषौ त्रितयमेवं स्यात्

dviśarīrāṃśakayuktān grahān vilagnaṃ ca paśyatīndusute| mithunāṃśe kanyaikā dvau puruṣau tritayamevaṃ syāt

When Mercury looks upon the grahas and the lagna that occupy two-bodied (dual) aṃśas, and ⟨himself stands⟩ in the aṃśa of Gemini, there will be one girl and two boys — a set of three, thus.

द्विशरीरांशकयुक्तान् ग्रहान् विलग्नं च पश्यतीन्दुसुते। कन्यांशे द्वे कन्ये पुरुषश्च निषिच्यते गर्भे

dviśarīrāṃśakayuktān grahān vilagnaṃ ca paśyatīndusute| kanyāṃśe dve kanye puruṣaśca niṣicyate garbhe

When Mercury looks upon the grahas and the lagna that occupy two-bodied (dual) aṃśas, and ⟨stands⟩ in the aṃśa of Virgo, two girls and one boy are implanted in the womb.

मिथुनेधनुरंशगतान् ग्रहान् विलग्नं च पश्यतीन्दुसुतः। मिथुनांशस्थश्च यदा पुरुषत्रितयं तदा गर्भे

mithunedhanuraṃśagatān grahān vilagnaṃ ca paśyatīndusutaḥ| mithunāṃśasthaśca yadā puruṣatritayaṃ tadā garbhe

When Mercury looks upon the grahas and the lagna that have gone to the aṃśas of Gemini and Sagittarius, and himself stands in the aṃśa of Gemini, then there are three males in the womb.

कन्यामीनांशस्थान् विहगानुदयं च युवतिभागगतः। पश्यति शिशिरगुतनयः कन्यात्रितयं तदा गर्भे

kanyāmīnāṃśasthān vihagānudayaṃ ca yuvatibhāgagataḥ| paśyati śiśiragutanayaḥ kanyātritayaṃ tadā garbhe

When Mercury, standing in the portion of Virgo, looks upon the grahas and the ascendant that occupy the aṃśas of Virgo and Pisces, then there are three girls in the womb.

दिवसे मातापितरौ शुक्ररवी शशिशनी निशायां च। मातृभगिनीपितृव्यौ विपर्ययात् कीर्तितौ यवनैः

divase mātāpitarau śukraravī śaśiśanī niśāyāṃ ca| mātṛbhaginīpitṛvyau viparyayāt kīrtitau yavanaiḥ

By day Venus and the Sun ⟨signify⟩ the mother and the father, and by night the Moon and Saturn; reversed, they are proclaimed by the Yavanas to be the mother's sister and the father's brother.

लग्नाद्विषमर्क्षगतः पितुः पितृव्यस्य खेचरः शस्तः। मातृभगिनीजनन्योः समगृहगोऽन्ये तथा भेषु

lagnādviṣamarkṣagataḥ pituḥ pitṛvyasya khecaraḥ śastaḥ| mātṛbhaginījananyoḥ samagṛhago'nye tathā bheṣu

A graha gone to an odd sign from the lagna is commended for the father and the father's brother; one in an even house, for the mother's sister and the mother. The rest ⟨are judged⟩ likewise from the signs.

मासेष्वाधानादिषु गर्भस्य यथा क्रमेण जायन्ते। सप्तसु कलिलाण्डकशाखास्थित्वग्रोमचेतनताः

māseṣvādhānādiṣu garbhasya yathā krameṇa jāyante| saptasu kalilāṇḍakaśākhāsthitvagromacetanatāḥ

In the seven months beginning with the conception, there arise for the embryo, in due order: the fluid mass (kalila), the lump (aṇḍaka), the limbs, the bones, the skin, the hair, and consciousness.

मासेऽष्टमे च तृष्णा क्षुधा च नवमे तथोद्वेगः। दशमे त्वथ सम्पूर्णः पक्वमिव फलं पतति गर्भः

māse'ṣṭame ca tṛṣṇā kṣudhā ca navame tathodvegaḥ| daśame tvatha sampūrṇaḥ pakvamiva phalaṃ patati garbhaḥ

In the eighth month, thirst; in the ninth, hunger and likewise agitation. But in the tenth, being complete, the embryo falls like a ripened fruit.

शुक्रारजीवरविशशिसौरिबुधविलग्नपोडुपादित्याः। मासपतयः स्युरेतैर्गर्भस्य शुभाशुभं चिन्त्यम्

śukrārajīvaraviśaśisauribudhavilagnapoḍupādityāḥ| māsapatayaḥ syuretairgarbhasya śubhāśubhaṃ cintyam

Venus, Mars (āra), Jupiter (jīva), the Sun, the Moon, Saturn (sauri), Mercury, the lord of the lagna, the Moon ⟨again, oḍupa⟩ and the Sun ⟨again, āditya⟩ — these are the lords of the ⟨ten⟩ months. By these the auspicious and inauspicious ⟨condition⟩ of the embryo is to be considered.

उत्पातक्रूरहते तस्मात् स्वस्याधिपे पतति गर्भः। लग्नगृहं वा हेतुर्योगोऽसौ गर्भपतनस्य

utpātakrūrahate tasmāt svasyādhipe patati garbhaḥ| lagnagṛhaṃ vā heturyogo'sau garbhapatanasya

When ⟨the month's⟩ own lord is struck by a calamity-bringing malefic (utpāta-krūra), the embryo falls ⟨is lost⟩ on that account; or the lagna-house ⟨so struck⟩ is the cause. This combination is ⟨the yoga⟩ of the falling of the embryo.

अथवा निषेककाले विलग्नसंस्थौ यदा रुधिरमन्दौ। तद् गृहगतेऽथवेन्दौ तदीक्षिते वा पतति गर्भः

athavā niṣekakāle vilagnasaṃsthau yadā rudhiramandau| tad gṛhagate'thavendau tadīkṣite vā patati garbhaḥ

Or ⟨again⟩: when at the time of conception (niṣeka) Mars (rudhira, 'blood') and Saturn (manda) stand in the lagna, or when the Moon has gone to a house of theirs, or is aspected by them, the embryo falls.

होरेन्दुयुतैः सौम्यैस्त्रिकोणजायार्थखाम्बुसंस्थैर्वा। पापैस्त्रिलाभयातैः सुखी च गर्भो निरीक्षिते रविणा

horenduyutaiḥ saumyaistrikoṇajāyārthakhāmbusaṃsthairvā| pāpaistrilābhayātaiḥ sukhī ca garbho nirīkṣite raviṇā

⟨When⟩ benefics are joined to the horā ⟨lagna⟩ and to the Moon, or are posted in the trikoṇa, the 7th (jāyā), the 2nd (artha), the 10th (kha) and the 4th (ambu), and the malefics have gone to the 3rd and the 11th (lābha), and ⟨the lagna⟩ is aspected by the Sun, the embryo is at ease.

क्रूरान्तःस्थः सूर्यश्चन्द्रो वा युगपदेव मरणाय। सौम्यैरदृष्टमूर्तिर्युवतीनां गर्भसहितानाम्

krūrāntaḥsthaḥ sūryaścandro vā yugapadeva maraṇāya| saumyairadṛṣṭamūrtiryuvatīnāṃ garbhasahitānām

The Sun, or the Moon, standing between malefics, its body ⟨mūrti⟩ unaspected by benefics, ⟨brings about⟩ death — of both at once — for pregnant young women.

उदयास्तगतैः पापैः सौम्यैरनवेक्षितैश्च मरणं स्यात्। उदयस्थितेऽर्कजे वा क्षीणेन्दौ भौमसंदृष्टे

udayāstagataiḥ pāpaiḥ saumyairanavekṣitaiśca maraṇaṃ syāt| udayasthite'rkaje vā kṣīṇendau bhaumasaṃdṛṣṭe

With malefics gone to the rising ⟨lagna⟩ and the setting ⟨7th⟩ and unaspected by benefics, death would come about; or with Saturn (arkaja) placed in the ascendant, or with a waning Moon aspected by Mars (bhauma).

व्ययगेऽर्के शशिनि कृशे पाताले लोहिते सगर्भा स्त्री। म्रियते तस्मिन्नथवा शुक्रे पापद्वयान्तःस्थे

vyayage'rke śaśini kṛśe pātāle lohite sagarbhā strī| mriyate tasminnathavā śukre pāpadvayāntaḥsthe

The Sun in the 12th (vyaya), the Moon thin ⟨waning⟩, Mars (lohita) in the 4th (pātāla) — the pregnant woman dies; or ⟨she dies⟩ when Venus, ⟨placed⟩ in that ⟨same house⟩, stands between two malefics.

चन्द्रचतुर्थैः क्रूरैर्विलग्नतो वा विपद्यते गर्भः। होराद्यूने क्षितिजे म्रियते गर्भः सह जनन्या

candracaturthaiḥ krūrairvilagnato vā vipadyate garbhaḥ| horādyūne kṣitije mriyate garbhaḥ saha jananyā

With malefics in the fourth from the Moon, or from the lagna, the embryo perishes. When Mars (kṣitija) is in the seventh (dyūna) from the horā ⟨lagna⟩, the embryo dies together with its mother.

हिबुकगते धरणिसुते रिःफगतेऽर्के क्षपाकरे क्षीणे। गर्भेण सह म्रियते पापग्रहदर्शनं प्राप्ते

hibukagate dharaṇisute riḥphagate'rke kṣapākare kṣīṇe| garbheṇa saha mriyate pāpagrahadarśanaṃ prāpte

Mars (dharaṇisuta) gone to the 4th house (hibuka), the Sun gone to the 12th (riḥpha), and the waning Moon (kṣapākara) come under the aspect of malefic grahas — ⟨the woman⟩ dies together with the embryo.

लग्ने रविसंयुक्ते क्षीणेन्दौ वा कुजेऽथवा म्रियते। व्ययधनसंस्थैः पापैस्तथैव सौम्यग्रहादृष्टैः

lagne ravisaṃyukte kṣīṇendau vā kuje'thavā mriyate| vyayadhanasaṃsthaiḥ pāpaistathaiva saumyagrahādṛṣṭaiḥ

When the lagna is joined by the Sun, or by a waning Moon, or by Mars (kuja), she dies; and likewise with malefics placed in the 12th (vyaya) and the 2nd (dhana), unaspected by benefic grahas.

जामित्रे रवियुक्ते लग्नगते वा कुजे निषिक्तस्य। गर्भस्य भवति मरणं शस्त्रच्छेदैः सह जनन्या

jāmitre raviyukte lagnagate vā kuje niṣiktasya| garbhasya bhavati maraṇaṃ śastracchedaiḥ saha jananyā

When Mars (kuja) is in the 7th (jāmitra) joined with the Sun, or has gone to the lagna, the death of the conceived embryo comes about by cuts of the blade, along with its mother.

बलिभिर्बुधगुरुशुक्रैर्दृष्टेऽर्केण च विवर्धते गर्भः। मासाधिपबलतुल्यैस्तैस्तैः संयुज्यते भावैः

balibhirbudhaguruśukrairdṛṣṭe'rkeṇa ca vivardhate garbhaḥ| māsādhipabalatulyaistaistaiḥ saṃyujyate bhāvaiḥ

By strong Mercury, Jupiter and Venus, and ⟨with the lagna⟩ aspected by the Sun, the embryo grows. Month by month it ⟨the embryo⟩ is joined with the qualities (bhāva) of each of those ⟨month-lords⟩, in proportion to the strength of the lord of the month.

मासि तृतीये स्त्रीणां दौहदकं जायते तथाऽवश्यम्। मासाधिपस्वभावैर्विलग्नयोगादिभिश्चान्यत्

māsi tṛtīye strīṇāṃ dauhadakaṃ jāyate tathā'vaśyam| māsādhipasvabhāvairvilagnayogādibhiścānyat

In the third month the dauhada ⟨the pregnancy-longing⟩ necessarily arises in women; and the rest ⟨is to be judged⟩ from the natures of the lords of the months and from the yogas of the lagna and so on.

निषेककाले जरराशिगेऽर्के गर्भप्रसूतिर्दशमे मासे। एकादशे च स्थिरराशिसंस्थे स्याद्द्वादशे मात्युभयाश्रिते च

niṣekakāle jararāśige'rke garbhaprasūtirdaśame māse| ekādaśe ca sthirarāśisaṃsthe syāddvādaśe mātyubhayāśrite ca

If at the time of conception (niṣeka) the Sun is in a movable sign, the delivery of the embryo ⟨falls⟩ in the tenth month; in the eleventh when he stands in a fixed sign; and it would be in the twelfth month when he is lodged in a dual ⟨sign⟩.

गर्भाधाने चरे राशौ दशमासैः प्रसूयते। स्थिरेणैकादशे मासे उभये द्वादशे भवः

garbhādhāne care rāśau daśamāsaiḥ prasūyate| sthireṇaikādaśe māse ubhaye dvādaśe bhavaḥ

⟨If⟩ at the conception (garbhādhāna) ⟨the sign is⟩ a movable one, she gives birth in ten months; with a fixed ⟨sign⟩, in the eleventh month; with a dual one, the birth is in the twelfth.

गर्भप्रसवविधानं तात्कालिकलग्नवर्गतश्चिन्त्यम्। आधानाज्जन्मर्क्षं दशमं वाञ्छन्ति केचिदाचार्याः

garbhaprasavavidhānaṃ tātkālikalagnavargataścintyam| ādhānājjanmarkṣaṃ daśamaṃ vāñchanti kecidācāryāḥ

The manner of the embryo's delivery is to be considered from the varga of the lagna of that moment. Some teachers hold the birth-ṛkṣa to be the tenth from the ⟨ṛkṣa of the⟩ conception (ādhāna).

आधानोदयशशिनोः सप्तमभं बादरायणो ब्रूते। तस्मान्नैकान्तोऽयं सर्वेषां संमतं वक्ष्ये

ādhānodayaśaśinoḥ saptamabhaṃ bādarāyaṇo brūte| tasmānnaikānto'yaṃ sarveṣāṃ saṃmataṃ vakṣye

Bādarāyaṇa declares ⟨it to be⟩ the seventh sign from the lagna and from the Moon of the conception. Hence this ⟨matter⟩ is not one-sided ⟨settled⟩; I shall state what is agreed by all.

यस्मिन् द्वादशभागे गर्भाधाने स्थितो निशानाथः। तत्तुल्यर्क्षे प्रसवं गर्भस्य समादिशेत्प्राज्ञः

yasmin dvādaśabhāge garbhādhāne sthito niśānāthaḥ| tattulyarkṣe prasavaṃ garbhasya samādiśetprājñaḥ

In whichever dvādaśāṃśa (dvādaśabhāga) the Moon (niśānātha) stood at the conception (garbhādhāna), in the sign equal to that the wise man should declare the delivery of the embryo.

लग्ने शनैश्चरांशे शनैश्चरे द्यूनगे यदि निषेकः। वर्षत्रयेण सूतिर्द्वादशभिः स्याच्छशिनि चैवम्

lagne śanaiścarāṃśe śanaiścare dyūnage yadi niṣekaḥ| varṣatrayeṇa sūtirdvādaśabhiḥ syācchaśini caivam

If the conception (niṣeka) ⟨occurs⟩ with the lagna in Saturn's aṃśa and Saturn (śanaiścara) gone to the seventh (dyūna), the delivery ⟨comes⟩ after three years; and with the Moon ⟨so placed⟩ it would likewise be after twelve.

तात्कालिकदिवसनिशासंज्ञः समुदेति राशिभागो यः। यावानुदयस्तावान् वाच्यो दिवसस्य रात्रेर्वा

tātkālikadivasaniśāsaṃjñaḥ samudeti rāśibhāgo yaḥ| yāvānudayastāvān vācyo divasasya rātrervā

Whichever degree of a sign rises at that moment, bearing the designation 'day' or 'night' — as much as has risen, so much of the day or of the night is to be declared.

मुनिभागे दिवसनिशोर्जन्मनि लग्नं वदेद्युक्त्या। उदयगणात् प्रसवः स्याद्दिनपक्षमुहूर्तमाससंज्ञर्क्षात्

munibhāge divasaniśorjanmani lagnaṃ vadedyuktyā| udayagaṇāt prasavaḥ syāddinapakṣamuhūrtamāsasaṃjñarkṣāt

In the muni-part ⟨the seventh division⟩ of day and of night one should declare the lagna at birth by reasoning; and the delivery would ⟨be found⟩ from the count of the risings, by the ṛkṣa designated as a day, a fortnight, a muhūrta, or a month.

इत्याधाने प्रथमं प्रसूतिकालं सुनिश्चितं कृत्वा। जातकविहितं च विधिं विचिन्तयेत्तत्र गणितज्ञः

ityādhāne prathamaṃ prasūtikālaṃ suniścitaṃ kṛtvā| jātakavihitaṃ ca vidhiṃ vicintayettatra gaṇitajñaḥ

Thus, having first made the time of delivery quite certain from the conception (ādhāna), the man skilled in calculation should there consider the procedure laid down for a nativity (jātaka).

स्यातां यद्याधाने रविशशिनौ सिंहराशिगौ लग्ने। दृष्टौ कुजसौरिभ्यां जात्यन्धः संभवति तत्र

syātāṃ yadyādhāne raviśaśinau siṃharāśigau lagne| dṛṣṭau kujasauribhyāṃ jātyandhaḥ saṃbhavati tatra

If at the conception (ādhāna) the Sun and the Moon are both in the sign Leo in the lagna, and are aspected by Mars (kuja) and Saturn (sauri), one born blind (jātyandha) comes about there.

आग्नेयसौम्यदृष्टौ रविशशिनौ बुद्बुदेक्षणं कुरुतः। नयनविनाशोऽपि यथा तथाधुना संप्रवक्ष्यामि

āgneyasaumyadṛṣṭau raviśaśinau budbudekṣaṇaṃ kurutaḥ| nayanavināśo'pi yathā tathādhunā saṃpravakṣyāmi

The Sun and the Moon aspected by the fiery one ⟨Mars, āgneya⟩ and by a benefic (saumya) make the eyes like bubbles. And how the destruction of the eyes ⟨comes about⟩ — that too I shall now fully declare.

व्ययभवनगतश्चन्द्रो वामं चक्षुर्विनाशयति हीनः। सूर्यस्तथैव चान्यच्छुभदृष्टौ याप्यतां नयतः

vyayabhavanagataścandro vāmaṃ cakṣurvināśayati hīnaḥ| sūryastathaiva cānyacchubhadṛṣṭau yāpyatāṃ nayataḥ

The Moon, weak (hīna), gone to the 12th house (vyaya), destroys the left eye; the Sun in the same way ⟨destroys⟩ the other. ⟨But⟩ when aspected by benefics the two bring ⟨the defect⟩ only to a manageable state (yāpyatā).

क्रूरैर्गृहसन्धिगतैः शशिनि वृषे भौमसौररविदृष्टे। मूकः सौम्यैर्दृष्टे वाचं कालान्तरे वदति

krūrairgṛhasandhigataiḥ śaśini vṛṣe bhaumasauraravidṛṣṭe| mūkaḥ saumyairdṛṣṭe vācaṃ kālāntare vadati

With malefics gone to the junctions of the signs (gṛha-sandhi), and the Moon in Taurus aspected by Mars (bhauma), Saturn (saura) and the Sun, ⟨the child is⟩ mute; ⟨but⟩ if ⟨the Moon is⟩ aspected by benefics, it utters speech after a time.

क्रूरेषु राशिसन्धिषु शशी न सौम्यैर्निरीक्ष्यते च जडः। बुधनवमभागसंस्थौ शनिभौमौ यदि सदन्तः स्यात्

krūreṣu rāśisandhiṣu śaśī na saumyairnirīkṣyate ca jaḍaḥ| budhanavamabhāgasaṃsthau śanibhaumau yadi sadantaḥ syāt

When malefics are at the junctions of the signs and the Moon is not aspected by benefics, ⟨the child is⟩ dull-witted (jaḍa). If Saturn and Mars stand in Mercury's navāṃśa (navama-bhāga), ⟨the child⟩ would be born with teeth (sadanta).

सौम्ये त्रिकोणसंस्थे लग्नाच्छेषग्रहैर्बलविहीनैः। द्विगुणास्यपादहस्तो योगेऽस्मिन्नाहितो भवति गर्भः

saumye trikoṇasaṃsthe lagnāccheṣagrahairbalavihīnaiḥ| dviguṇāsyapādahasto yoge'sminnāhito bhavati garbhaḥ

With a benefic (saumya) situated in a trikoṇa from the lagna and the remaining grahas devoid of strength, in this yoga the embryo laid down becomes ⟨a child⟩ with doubled face, feet and hands.

वामनको मकरान्त्ये लग्ने रविचन्द्रसौरिभिर्दृष्टे। शशिनि विलग्ने कर्किणि कुजार्किदृष्टेऽथवा कुब्जः

vāmanako makarāntye lagne ravicandrasauribhirdṛṣṭe| śaśini vilagne karkiṇi kujārkidṛṣṭe'thavā kubjaḥ

⟨The child is⟩ a dwarf (vāmanaka) when the lagna is at the end of Capricorn and is aspected by the Sun, the Moon and Saturn (sauri). Or, when the Moon is in a Cancer lagna aspected by Mars (kuja) and Saturn (arki), ⟨the child is⟩ a hunchback (kubja).

मीनोदये च दृष्टे कुजार्किशशिभिः पुमान् भवति पङ्गुः। याप्या भवन्ति योगाः सौम्यग्रहवीक्षिताः सर्वे

mīnodaye ca dṛṣṭe kujārkiśaśibhiḥ pumān bhavati paṅguḥ| yāpyā bhavanti yogāḥ saumyagrahavīkṣitāḥ sarve

And when Pisces rises and is aspected by Mars (kuja), Saturn (arki) and the Moon, the man becomes lame (paṅgu). All these yogas, ⟨when⟩ looked upon by benefic grahas, become ⟨merely⟩ manageable (yāpya).

भौमयुता द्रेष्काणास्त्रिकोणलग्नेषु संदृष्टाः। विभुजाङ्घ्रिमस्तकः स्याच्छनिरविचन्द्रैर्वदेद्गर्भः

bhaumayutā dreṣkāṇāstrikoṇalagneṣu saṃdṛṣṭāḥ| vibhujāṅghrimastakaḥ syācchaniravicandrairvadedgarbhaḥ

When the drekkāṇas standing in the trikoṇas and the lagna are joined with Mars and aspected by Saturn, the Sun and the Moon, the embryo would be one deprived of arms, feet ⟨and⟩ head — so let ⟨the astrologer⟩ declare.

इत्याधानविधानं प्रसूति समयेऽपि योजयेद्योग्यम्। आधाने यन्नोक्तं प्रसूतिविहितं तदपि चिन्त्यम्

ityādhānavidhānaṃ prasūti samaye'pi yojayedyogyam| ādhāne yannoktaṃ prasūtivihitaṃ tadapi cintyam

Such is the rule for ādhāna ⟨conception⟩: one should apply it, so far as it is fitting, at the time of birth as well. And what has not been stated under ādhāna but is prescribed for birth — that too is to be considered ⟨here⟩.

आधाने हि मयोक्तं प्रसूतिकालस्य निर्णयार्थपरम्। तस्मिन् सुपरिज्ञाते जन्माध्यायं प्रवक्ष्यामि

ādhāne hi mayoktaṃ prasūtikālasya nirṇayārthaparam| tasmin suparijñāte janmādhyāyaṃ pravakṣyāmi

In ⟨the chapter on⟩ ādhāna (conception) I have already told what serves to determine the time of delivery. That being well understood, I shall now declare the chapter on birth.

शीर्षोदये विलग्ने मूर्ध्ना प्रसवोऽन्यथोदये चरणैः। उभयोदये च हस्तैः शुभदृष्टे शोभनोऽन्यथा कष्टः

śīrṣodaye vilagne mūrdhnā prasavo'nyathodaye caraṇaiḥ| ubhayodaye ca hastaiḥ śubhadṛṣṭe śobhano'nyathā kaṣṭaḥ

When the lagna is a head-rising sign, the birth is head-first; when the rising is otherwise ⟨i.e. back-rising⟩, feet-first; and when it is both-rising, hands-first. Aspected by benefics it is a fair ⟨delivery⟩; otherwise, a painful one.

भवनांशसदृशदेशे प्रसवो ज्ञेयः सदात्र युवतीनाम्। मिश्रगृहांशे वर्त्मनि स्थिरराश्यंशे तथा स्वगृहे

bhavanāṃśasadṛśadeśe prasavo jñeyaḥ sadātra yuvatīnām| miśragṛhāṃśe vartmani sthirarāśyaṃśe tathā svagṛhe

The delivery of women is here always to be known as ⟨taking place⟩ in a spot resembling the sign and the navāṃśa ⟨of the lagna⟩. When sign and navāṃśa are mixed, ⟨it is⟩ on the road; when both sign and navāṃśa are fixed, then in one's own house.

स्वगृहनवांशे लग्ने स्वगृहेऽन्यस्मिन्यदि प्रथमहर्म्ये। पितृमातृग्रहबलतस्तत्स्वजनगृहेषु बलयोगात्

svagṛhanavāṃśe lagne svagṛhe'nyasminyadi prathamaharmye| pitṛmātṛgrahabalatastatsvajanagṛheṣu balayogāt

When the lagna stands in the navāṃśa of its own sign, ⟨the birth is⟩ in one's own house; if in another's, in the foremost mansion. From the strength of the grahas ⟨signifying⟩ the father and the mother, ⟨it falls⟩ in that kinsman's house, according as strength combines.

प्राकारतरुनदीषु च सूतिर्नीचाश्रितैः सौम्यैः। नेक्षन्ते लग्नेन्दू यद्येकस्था ग्रहा महाटव्याम्

prākāratarunadīṣu ca sūtirnīcāśritaiḥ saumyaiḥ| nekṣante lagnendū yadyekasthā grahā mahāṭavyām

When the benefics occupy debilitation, the delivery is at a rampart, a tree, or a river. If the grahas, standing together in one place, do not aspect the lagna and the Moon, ⟨it is⟩ in a great forest.

सलिलभलग्ने चन्द्रो जलराशौ वीक्षतेऽथवा पूर्णः। प्रसवं सलिले विद्यात् बन्धूदयदशमगश्च यदा

salilabhalagne candro jalarāśau vīkṣate'thavā pūrṇaḥ| prasavaṃ salile vidyāt bandhūdayadaśamagaśca yadā

When the lagna is a watery sign and the full Moon stands in a watery rāśi, or else aspects ⟨it⟩, one should know the birth ⟨to be⟩ in water — and so too when ⟨she⟩ occupies the 4th (bandhu), the lagna, or the 10th.

सौम्यैर्लग्ने पूर्णे स्वगृहगते शशिनि सलिलसंयाते। पातालस्थैश्च शुभैर्जलजे लग्नेऽम्बुगेहगे शशिनि

saumyairlagne pūrṇe svagṛhagate śaśini salilasaṃyāte| pātālasthaiśca śubhairjalaje lagne'mbugehage śaśini

⟨So too⟩ with benefics in the lagna and the Moon full, gone to her own sign and joined to a watery ⟨sign⟩; and with benefics standing in pātāla ⟨the 4th⟩, the lagna watery, and the Moon in a water sign.

वृश्चिककुलीरलग्ने सौरे चन्द्रेक्षिते त्ववटे। भवति प्रसवः स्त्रीणां वदन्ति यवनाः सह मणित्थैः

vṛścikakulīralagne saure candrekṣite tvavaṭe| bhavati prasavaḥ strīṇāṃ vadanti yavanāḥ saha maṇitthaiḥ

When the lagna is Vṛścika or Karkaṭa and Saturn there is aspected by the Moon, the delivery of women takes place in a pit; so say the Yavanas together with Maṇittha.

रविजे जलजविलग्ने क्रीडोद्याने बुधेक्षिते प्रसवः। रविणा देवागारे तथोषरे चैव चन्द्रेण

ravije jalajavilagne krīḍodyāne budhekṣite prasavaḥ| raviṇā devāgāre tathoṣare caiva candreṇa

With Saturn in a watery lagna, aspected by Mercury, the birth is in a pleasure-garden; by the Sun, in a temple; and by the Moon, in a saline waste.

आरण्यभवनलग्ने गिरिवनदुर्गे तथा नरविलग्ने। रुधिरेक्षिते श्मशाने शिल्पकनिलयेषु सौम्येन

āraṇyabhavanalagne girivanadurge tathā naravilagne| rudhirekṣite śmaśāne śilpakanilayeṣu saumyena

When the lagna is a wilderness sign, ⟨the birth is⟩ in a mountain-forest fastness; and when a human sign rises aspected by Mars, in a cremation ground; ⟨aspected⟩ by Mercury, in the dwellings of artisans.

सूर्येक्षिते गोनृपदेववासे शुक्रेन्दुजाभ्यां रमणीयदेशे। शक्रेड्यदृष्टे द्विजवह्निहोत्रे नरोदये सम्प्रवदन्ति सूतिम्

sūryekṣite gonṛpadevavāse śukrendujābhyāṃ ramaṇīyadeśe| śakreḍyadṛṣṭe dvijavahnihotre narodaye sampravadanti sūtim

When a human sign rises: aspected by the Sun, they declare the birth ⟨to be⟩ in a cow-pen, a king's dwelling, or a temple; by Venus and Mercury, in a delightful place; aspected by Jupiter, in the fire-sanctuary of a twice-born.

स्वोच्चे दशमे जीवे द्वित्रिचतुर्भूमिके गृहे प्रसवः। मन्दर्क्षांशेऽशालं चतुर्थदशमस्थितैः सौम्यैः

svocce daśame jīve dvitricaturbhūmike gṛhe prasavaḥ| mandarkṣāṃśe'śālaṃ caturthadaśamasthitaiḥ saumyaiḥ

With Jupiter in the 10th in his own exaltation, the birth is in a house of two, three, or four storeys. In Saturn's sign or navāṃśa ⟨the dwelling is⟩ hall-less; ⟨it is otherwise⟩ when benefics stand in the 4th and the 10th.

द्वौ द्वौ राशी मेषात् पूर्वादिषु संस्थितौ गृहविभागे। कोणेषु द्विशरीरा लग्नन्तु भवेद्धि तत्प्रमुखैः

dvau dvau rāśī meṣāt pūrvādiṣu saṃsthitau gṛhavibhāge| koṇeṣu dviśarīrā lagnantu bhaveddhi tatpramukhaiḥ

For the division of the dwelling, two signs each, beginning from Meṣa, are set in the quarters beginning with the east, and the two-bodied signs fall in the corners; but ⟨in a given nativity⟩ it should be the lagna — ⟨the reckoning runs⟩ by the signs headed by it.

दिग्भागराशिमण्डलकेन्द्रेषु खगेषु तच्छाला। झषमृगहयबलवत्त्वे गृहं द्विशालं त्रिशालं च

digbhāgarāśimaṇḍalakendreṣu khageṣu tacchālā| jhaṣamṛgahayabalavattve gṛhaṃ dviśālaṃ triśālaṃ ca

When the grahas occupy the kendras of the zodiacal circle ⟨laid upon⟩ the directional divisions, there is a hall there. When Pisces, Capricorn and Sagittarius are strong, the house is two-halled or three-halled.

चित्रं नवं भृगुसुते च दृढं गुरौ च दग्धं कुजे दिनकरे परिपूर्णकाष्ठम्। चन्द्रे नवं च बहुशिल्पकृतं बुधे च जीर्णं भवेद्गृहमिहोष्णकरात्मजे च

citraṃ navaṃ bhṛgusute ca dṛḍhaṃ gurau ca dagdhaṃ kuje dinakare paripūrṇakāṣṭham| candre navaṃ ca bahuśilpakṛtaṃ budhe ca jīrṇaṃ bhavedgṛhamihoṣṇakarātmaje ca

With Venus the house is painted and new; with Jupiter, solid; with Mars, burnt; with the Sun, full of timber; with the Moon, new; with Mercury, wrought with much craft; and with Saturn the house here is decayed.

वासगृहे द्यूनगतात् द्वारो दिक्पालकात् बलोपेतात्। भवनग्रहसंयोगैः प्रतिवेश्माश्चिन्तनीयाः स्युः

vāsagṛhe dyūnagatāt dvāro dikpālakāt balopetāt| bhavanagrahasaṃyogaiḥ prativeśmāścintanīyāḥ syuḥ

In the dwelling house the door ⟨is told⟩ from the strong direction-guardian ⟨graha⟩ that has gone to the 7th (dyūna). From the conjunctions of the signs and the grahas the neighbouring houses are to be considered.

देवालयाम्बुपावककोशविहारास्तथोत्करो भूमेः। निद्रागृहं च भास्करशशिकुजगुरुभार्गवार्किबुधयोगात्

devālayāmbupāvakakośavihārāstathotkaro bhūmeḥ| nidrāgṛhaṃ ca bhāskaraśaśikujagurubhārgavārkibudhayogāt

A temple, water, fire, a treasury, a pleasure-house, likewise a heap of earth, and a bedroom — ⟨these are known⟩ respectively from the conjunction of the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and Mercury.

खट्वास्थितिर्भवनवद्युतविहगसमानि तत्र चिह्नानि। आस्तरणानि च विद्यात् दृष्टिशुभकृतानि दैवज्ञः

khaṭvāsthitirbhavanavadyutavihagasamāni tatra cihnāni| āstaraṇāni ca vidyāt dṛṣṭiśubhakṛtāni daivajñaḥ

The placing of the couch ⟨is reckoned⟩ as that of the house; the marks upon it are like the grahas conjoined ⟨there⟩; and the astrologer should know the coverlets as made ⟨what they are⟩ by aspect and by the benefics.

प्राच्यादिगृहद्वितयं द्विशरीरा राशयश्च गात्राणि। आजानुशिरःशयनं ग्रहतुल्यं लक्षणं तत्र

prācyādigṛhadvitayaṃ dviśarīrā rāśayaśca gātrāṇi| ājānuśiraḥśayanaṃ grahatulyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tatra

The pair of signs ⟨set⟩ in the east and the rest, and the two-bodied signs, are the limbs ⟨of the couch⟩; on the couch from the knees to the head, the mark there answers to the graha.

ग्रहयुक्तं वा नियतं विनतत्वं च द्विमूर्तिराशिषु च। षट्त्रिनवान्त्याः पादाः पर्यङ्केऽङ्गानि राशयः शेषाः

grahayuktaṃ vā niyataṃ vinatatvaṃ ca dvimūrtirāśiṣu ca| ṣaṭtrinavāntyāḥ pādāḥ paryaṅke'ṅgāni rāśayaḥ śeṣāḥ

⟨The mark⟩ is fixed by the graha joined ⟨to that part⟩; and in the two-bodied signs there is a bend. On the couch the 6th, 3rd, 9th and last ⟨signs⟩ are the legs; the remaining signs are the ⟨other⟩ parts.

नीचस्थे भूशयनं चन्द्रेऽप्यथवा सुखे विलग्ने वा। शशिलग्नविवरयुक्तग्रहतुल्याः सूतिका ज्ञेयाः

nīcasthe bhūśayanaṃ candre'pyathavā sukhe vilagne vā| śaśilagnavivarayuktagrahatulyāḥ sūtikā jñeyāḥ

When the Moon is debilitated, or in the 4th (sukha), or in the lagna, ⟨the bed is⟩ on the bare ground. The women of the lying-in chamber are to be known as answering to the grahas that occupy the interval between the Moon and the lagna.

अनुदितचक्रार्धयुतैरन्तर्बहिरन्यथा वदन्त्येके। लक्षणरूपविभूषणयोगस्तासां शुभैर्योगात्

anuditacakrārdhayutairantarbahiranyathā vadantyeke| lakṣaṇarūpavibhūṣaṇayogastāsāṃ śubhairyogāt

Some declare otherwise: by ⟨the grahas⟩ joined to the unrisen half of the circle ⟨the women are⟩ within, and by the rest without. Their endowment of auspicious marks, of beauty and of ornament comes from conjunction with benefics.

क्रूरैर्विरूपदेहाः लक्षणहीनाः सुरौद्रमलिनाश्च। मिश्रैर्मध्यमरूपा बलसहितैः सर्वमेवमवधार्यम्

krūrairvirūpadehāḥ lakṣaṇahīnāḥ suraudramalināśca| miśrairmadhyamarūpā balasahitaiḥ sarvamevamavadhāryam

By malefics ⟨they are⟩ misshapen in body and devoid of auspicious marks, very fierce and grimy; by mixed ⟨grahas⟩, middling in form. All this is to be settled ⟨from the grahas⟩ that possess strength.

द्वादशभागविभक्ते वासगृहेऽवस्थिते सहस्रांशौ। दीपश्चरस्थिरादिषु तथैव वाच्यः प्रसवकाले

dvādaśabhāgavibhakte vāsagṛhe'vasthite sahasrāṃśau| dīpaścarasthirādiṣu tathaiva vācyaḥ prasavakāle

The dwelling house being divided into twelve parts and the Sun placed ⟨in one of them⟩, the lamp at the time of birth is likewise to be declared according as ⟨the sign is⟩ movable, fixed and the rest.

यावल्लग्नादुदितं वर्तिर्दग्धा तु तावती भवति। दीपः पूर्णे पूर्णः शशिनि क्षीणे क्षयस्तु तैलस्य

yāvallagnāduditaṃ vartirdagdhā tu tāvatī bhavati| dīpaḥ pūrṇe pūrṇaḥ śaśini kṣīṇe kṣayastu tailasya

By as much as has risen from the lagna, by so much is the wick burnt away. The lamp is full when the Moon is full; but when she is waned, there is a loss of the oil.

बलवति सूर्ये दृष्टे बहून् प्रदीपान् वदेत् कुपुत्रेण। अन्यैरपि गतवीर्यैः सूतौ ज्योतिस्तृणैर्भवति

balavati sūrye dṛṣṭe bahūn pradīpān vadet kuputreṇa| anyairapi gatavīryaiḥ sūtau jyotistṛṇairbhavati

When a strong Sun is aspected by Saturn, one should declare many lamps; and when the others are bereft of strength, the light at the birth comes from ⟨burning⟩ straw.

सौरांशेऽथ जलांशे चन्द्रेऽर्कजसंयुतेऽथवा हिबुके। तद्दृष्टे वा कुर्यात्तमसि प्रसवं न सन्देहः

saurāṃśe'tha jalāṃśe candre'rkajasaṃyute'thavā hibuke| taddṛṣṭe vā kuryāttamasi prasavaṃ na sandehaḥ

When the Moon is in Saturn's navāṃśa, or in a watery navāṃśa, or joined with Saturn, or ⟨stands⟩ in the 4th (hibuka), or is aspected by him, one should pronounce the birth ⟨to be⟩ in darkness; there is no doubt.

होरामनीक्षमाणे शशिनि परोक्षस्थिते पितरि जातः। मेषूरणाच्च्युते वा चरभे भानौ विदेशगते

horāmanīkṣamāṇe śaśini parokṣasthite pitari jātaḥ| meṣūraṇāccyute vā carabhe bhānau videśagate

When the Moon does not aspect the lagna (horā), the child is born while the father is out of sight; and when the Sun has fallen from the 10th (meṣūraṇa), or is in a movable sign, ⟨the father has⟩ gone to a foreign land.

द्युनिशोरर्कासितयोः कुजेन सन्दृष्टयोः पितान्यगतः। चरराशौ परदेशे युक्तेक्षितयोस्तु तत्र मृतः

dyuniśorarkāsitayoḥ kujena sandṛṣṭayoḥ pitānyagataḥ| cararāśau paradeśe yuktekṣitayostu tatra mṛtaḥ

When the Sun ⟨by day⟩ and Saturn ⟨by night⟩ are aspected by Mars, the father has gone elsewhere; ⟨and if they stand⟩ in a movable sign, into a foreign country. But when they are both joined with and aspected ⟨by him⟩, he has died there.

पञ्चमनवमद्यूने पापैरर्कात्तु पापसंदृष्टैः। बद्धः पिताऽन्यदेशे राशि वशात् स्वेऽथवा मार्गे

pañcamanavamadyūne pāpairarkāttu pāpasaṃdṛṣṭaiḥ| baddhaḥ pitā'nyadeśe rāśi vaśāt sve'thavā mārge

When malefics, themselves aspected by malefics, stand in the 5th, the 9th and the 7th (dyūna) from the Sun, the father is in bonds in another country — or, according to the sign, in his own ⟨country⟩, or on the road.

जायात्रिकोणसंस्थैः क्रूरैरानन्दवर्जितः प्रसवः। दशमचतुर्थोपगतैः सौम्यैः सम्पत्तयो विपुलाः

jāyātrikoṇasaṃsthaiḥ krūrairānandavarjitaḥ prasavaḥ| daśamacaturthopagataiḥ saumyaiḥ sampattayo vipulāḥ

With malefics ⟨krūra⟩ situated in the 7th ⟨jāyā⟩ and in the trikoṇas, the birth is devoid of joy; with benefics gone to the 10th and the 4th, prosperity is abundant.

पश्यति न गुरुः शशिनं लग्नं च दिवाकरं सेन्दुम्। पापयुतं वा सार्कं चन्द्रं यदि जारजातः स्यात्

paśyati na guruḥ śaśinaṃ lagnaṃ ca divākaraṃ sendum| pāpayutaṃ vā sārkaṃ candraṃ yadi jārajātaḥ syāt

If Jupiter does not aspect the Moon, or the lagna, or the Sun together with the Moon — or ⟨does not aspect⟩ the Moon joined with a malefic and with the Sun — then ⟨the child⟩ is born of adultery ⟨jāra-jāta⟩.

गुरुशशिरवयो नीचे सूतौ लग्नेऽथवार्कसूनुश्च। लग्नोडुपभृगुपुत्राः शुभैरदृष्टास्तथान्यजातश्च

guruśaśiravayo nīce sūtau lagne'thavārkasūnuśca| lagnoḍupabhṛguputrāḥ śubhairadṛṣṭāstathānyajātaśca

⟨If⟩ Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun are debilitated at the birth, or ⟨if⟩ Saturn ⟨arka-sūnu, the Sun's son⟩ is in the lagna; and ⟨if⟩ the lagna, the Moon ⟨uḍupa⟩ and Venus ⟨bhṛgu-putra⟩ are unaspected by benefics — then likewise ⟨the child is⟩ begotten by another.

क्लेशो मातुः क्रूरैर्बन्ध्वस्तगतैः शशाङ्कयुक्तैर्वा। चन्द्रात् सप्तमराशौ पापा मरणाय वक्रसन्दृष्टाः

kleśo mātuḥ krūrairbandhvastagataiḥ śaśāṅkayuktairvā| candrāt saptamarāśau pāpā maraṇāya vakrasandṛṣṭāḥ

Affliction to the mother ⟨comes⟩ from malefics gone to the 4th ⟨bandhu⟩ and the 7th ⟨asta⟩, or joined with the Moon. Malefics in the 7th sign from the Moon, aspected by Mars ⟨vakra⟩, ⟨work⟩ for her death.

चन्द्राद्दशमे भानुर्मातुर्मरणं करोति पापयुतः। शुक्रात् पञ्चमभवने सौरियुतस्तेन वा दृष्टः

candrāddaśame bhānurmāturmaraṇaṃ karoti pāpayutaḥ| śukrāt pañcamabhavane sauriyutastena vā dṛṣṭaḥ

The Sun in the 10th from the Moon, joined with a malefic, brings about the mother's death; ⟨so too the Sun⟩ in the 5th house from Venus, joined with Saturn ⟨sauri⟩ or aspected by him.

चन्द्रात्त्रिकोणराशौ रविजो मातुर्वधं दिशति रात्रौ। शुक्रात्तथैव दिवसे भौमः पापेन सन्दृष्टः

candrāttrikoṇarāśau ravijo māturvadhaṃ diśati rātrau| śukrāttathaiva divase bhaumaḥ pāpena sandṛṣṭaḥ

Saturn ⟨ravi-ja⟩ in a trikoṇa sign from the Moon indicates the destruction of the mother in a night ⟨birth⟩; likewise Mars, aspected by a malefic, ⟨in a trikoṇa⟩ from Venus in a day ⟨birth⟩.

कुजसौरयोस्त्रिकोणे चन्द्रेऽस्तगते वियुज्यते मात्रा। दृष्टे सुरेन्द्रगुरुणा सुखान्वितो दीर्घजीवी च

kujasaurayostrikoṇe candre'stagate viyujyate mātrā| dṛṣṭe surendraguruṇā sukhānvito dīrghajīvī ca

When the Moon is in a trikoṇa from Mars and Saturn, or gone to the 7th ⟨asta⟩, ⟨the native⟩ is severed from his mother. ⟨But if that Moon is⟩ aspected by the preceptor of the lord of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩, he is endowed with comfort and long-lived.

म्रियते पापैर्दृष्टे शशिनि विलग्ने कुजेऽस्तगे त्यक्तः। लग्नाच्च लाभगतयोर्वसुधासुतमन्दयोरेवम्

mriyate pāpairdṛṣṭe śaśini vilagne kuje'stage tyaktaḥ| lagnācca lābhagatayorvasudhāsutamandayorevam

⟨The mother⟩ dies when the Moon, aspected by malefics, is in the lagna; when Mars is in the 7th ⟨asta⟩, ⟨the child is⟩ abandoned. And so likewise when Mars ⟨vasudhā-suta, the Earth's son⟩ and Saturn ⟨manda⟩ are in the 11th ⟨lābha⟩ from the lagna.

पश्यति सौम्यो बलवान् यादृग्गृह्णाति तादृशो जातः। शुभपापग्रहदृष्टे परैर्गृहीतोऽथवा म्रियते

paśyati saumyo balavān yādṛggṛhṇāti tādṛśo jātaḥ| śubhapāpagrahadṛṣṭe parairgṛhīto'thavā mriyate

Of whatever kind the strong benefic that aspects ⟨is⟩, one of that same kind takes up the child. ⟨But if the place is⟩ aspected by benefic and malefic grahas together, ⟨the child⟩ is taken up by others, or else dies.

एकांशस्थितयोर्वा यमारयोस्त्यज्यतेऽथवा मात्रा। लग्नात्सप्तमभवने भौमे शनिवीक्षिते नियतम्

ekāṃśasthitayorvā yamārayostyajyate'thavā mātrā| lagnātsaptamabhavane bhaume śanivīkṣite niyatam

Or, when Saturn ⟨yama⟩ and Mars ⟨āra⟩ stand in one and the same aṃśa, ⟨the child⟩ is abandoned by the mother. ⟨And⟩ when Mars is in the 7th house from the lagna and aspected by Saturn, ⟨it is⟩ certain.

यादृक्पश्यति सौम्यस्तत्तुल्यगुणं सुतः समाधत्ते। पितृजननीसादृश्यं रवेः शशाङ्कस्य बलयोगात्

yādṛkpaśyati saumyastattulyaguṇaṃ sutaḥ samādhatte| pitṛjananīsādṛśyaṃ raveḥ śaśāṅkasya balayogāt

Of whatever kind the benefic that aspects ⟨is⟩, the son takes on qualities equal to it. Resemblance to the father or to the mother ⟨follows⟩ from the strength-conjunction of the Sun or of the Moon ⟨respectively⟩.

सिंहाजगोभिरुदये जातो नालेन वेष्टितो जन्तुः। लग्ने कुजेऽथ सौरे राश्यंशसमानगात्रश्च

siṃhājagobhirudaye jāto nālena veṣṭito jantuḥ| lagne kuje'tha saure rāśyaṃśasamānagātraśca

With Leo ⟨siṃha⟩, Aries ⟨aja⟩ or Taurus ⟨go⟩ rising, the creature is born wound about by the cord ⟨nāla⟩; ⟨so too⟩ when Mars or Saturn is in the lagna. And the limb ⟨so encircled⟩ answers to the rāśi and the aṃśa.

भौमशनिद्रेक्काणे पापे लग्ने स्थिते शशियुते वा। द्व्येकादशगैः सौम्यैरभिवेष्टितको भुजङ्गेन

bhaumaśanidrekkāṇe pāpe lagne sthite śaśiyute vā| dvyekādaśagaiḥ saumyairabhiveṣṭitako bhujaṅgena

When a malefic stands in the lagna in a drekkāṇa of Mars or of Saturn, or ⟨stands there⟩ joined with the Moon, with benefics gone to the 2nd and the 11th, ⟨the child is born⟩ wrapped about by a serpent.

सूर्यश्चतुष्पदस्थः शेषा द्विशरीरसंस्थिता बलिनः। कोशैर्वेष्टितदेहौ यमलौ खलु संप्रजायेते

sūryaścatuṣpadasthaḥ śeṣā dviśarīrasaṃsthitā balinaḥ| kośairveṣṭitadehau yamalau khalu saṃprajāyete

The Sun posited in a quadruped sign, and the rest ⟨of the grahas⟩ strong and posited in two-bodied ⟨dviśarīra⟩ signs — twins are surely born, their bodies wrapped in sheaths ⟨kośa⟩.

लग्ननवभागतुल्या मूर्तिर्बलसंयुताद्ग्रहाद्वापि। नवभागाद्वर्णोक्तिः शशियोगात्तत्र सूतस्य

lagnanavabhāgatulyā mūrtirbalasaṃyutādgrahādvāpi| navabhāgādvarṇoktiḥ śaśiyogāttatra sūtasya

The form ⟨of the body⟩ answers to the navāṃśa ⟨navabhāga⟩ of the lagna, or else to the graha possessed of strength. The declaration of complexion ⟨varṇa⟩ ⟨is made⟩ from the navāṃśa, and therein from the Moon's conjunction, for the newborn.

बहवो यदि बलयुक्ता मिश्रा मूर्तिस्तदा वाच्या। कुलजातिदेशपुरुषान् बुद्ध्वाऽऽदेशं समादिशेत्तज्ज्ञः

bahavo yadi balayuktā miśrā mūrtistadā vācyā| kulajātideśapuruṣān buddhvā''deśaṃ samādiśettajjñaḥ

If many ⟨grahas⟩ are possessed of strength, then a mixed form is to be declared. Having weighed the family, the caste, the country and the persons, one who knows this should deliver his pronouncement.

त्रिंशद्भागे भानुर्ग्रहस्य यस्य स्थितो भवति। तत्तुल्याः प्रकृतिः स्यादेवं मुनयोऽध्यवस्यन्ति

triṃśadbhāge bhānurgrahasya yasya sthito bhavati| tattulyāḥ prakṛtiḥ syādevaṃ munayo'dhyavasyanti

In whichever graha's thirtieth part ⟨triṃśāṃśa⟩ the Sun stands, of that same kind is ⟨the native's⟩ constitution ⟨prakṛti⟩. Thus have the sages determined.

तत्कालसुहृदरित्वं बलं च नीचोच्चमध्यसंश्रितताम्। ज्ञात्वा ग्रहस्वभावांस्तेभ्यः संचिन्त्यमन्यदपि

tatkālasuhṛdaritvaṃ balaṃ ca nīcoccamadhyasaṃśritatām| jñātvā grahasvabhāvāṃstebhyaḥ saṃcintyamanyadapi

Having known the friendship and enmity of the moment ⟨tatkāla⟩, and strength, and the resort to debilitation, exaltation or the middle state, and the natures of the grahas — from these, whatever else ⟨there is⟩ is also to be thought out.

क्षीणे शशिनि सपापे माता म्रियते पिता रवौ तद्वत्। बलिभिर्दृष्टे मिश्रैर्व्याधिः सौम्यैः शुभं भवति

kṣīṇe śaśini sapāpe mātā mriyate pitā ravau tadvat| balibhirdṛṣṭe miśrairvyādhiḥ saumyaiḥ śubhaṃ bhavati

When the Moon is waning ⟨kṣīṇa⟩ and with a malefic, the mother dies; likewise the father, ⟨when it is so⟩ with the Sun. ⟨If the place is⟩ aspected by strong ⟨grahas⟩ of mixed kind, ⟨there is⟩ disease; by benefics, good comes about.

विपुलविमलमूर्तिः स्वोच्चगो वा स्वराशौ गुरुसितयुत इन्दुर्बोधनेनानुदृष्टः। अतिशयशुभदाता पञ्चमे वाऽपि मातुः पितुरपि खलु तद्वत् भास्करः सर्वदैव

vipulavimalamūrtiḥ svoccago vā svarāśau gurusitayuta indurbodhanenānudṛṣṭaḥ| atiśayaśubhadātā pañcame vā'pi mātuḥ piturapi khalu tadvat bhāskaraḥ sarvadaiva

The Moon, of ample and spotless form, gone to its own exaltation or in its own sign, joined with Jupiter and Venus ⟨sita⟩ and aspected by Mercury ⟨bodhana⟩ — or even ⟨so placed⟩ in the 5th — is a giver of exceeding good for the mother; and just so the Sun ⟨bhāskara⟩, always, for the father as well.

आयुर्ज्ञानाभावे सर्वं विफलं प्रकीर्तितं यस्मात्। तस्मात्तज्ज्ञानार्थे रिष्टाध्यायं प्रवक्ष्यामि

āyurjñānābhāve sarvaṃ viphalaṃ prakīrtitaṃ yasmāt| tasmāttajjñānārthe riṣṭādhyāyaṃ pravakṣyāmi

Since it is declared that, when knowledge of longevity is absent, everything ⟨else⟩ is fruitless — therefore, for the sake of knowing it, I shall set forth the chapter on riṣṭa ⟨early death⟩.

ओजे स्थिताः पुमांसः शुक्लेऽहनि सूरिभिः समाख्याताः। युग्मभवनेषु सर्वे कृष्णे निशि योषितो बलिनः

oje sthitāḥ pumāṃsaḥ śukle'hani sūribhiḥ samākhyātāḥ| yugmabhavaneṣu sarve kṛṣṇe niśi yoṣito balinaḥ

Male ⟨grahas⟩ standing in an odd ⟨sign⟩, in the bright fortnight, by day, are declared ⟨strong⟩ by the learned; all the female ones in even signs, in the dark fortnight, by night, are strong.

त्रिविधमिह शास्त्रकारा नियतमनियतं च योगजं प्राहुः। योगसमुत्थं तावद्वक्ष्ये पश्चात्तु परिशेषौ

trividhamiha śāstrakārā niyatamaniyataṃ ca yogajaṃ prāhuḥ| yogasamutthaṃ tāvadvakṣye paścāttu pariśeṣau

Here the makers of the śāstra call ⟨riṣṭa⟩ threefold: fixed (niyata), unfixed (aniyata), and born of a yoga. I shall first speak of that which arises from a yoga, and afterwards of the two remaining.

बृहस्पतिर्भौमगृहेऽष्टमस्थः सूर्येन्दुभौमार्कजदृष्टमूर्तिः। अब्दैस्त्रिभिर्भार्गवदृष्टिहीनो लोकान्तरं प्रापयति प्रसूतम्

bṛhaspatirbhaumagṛhe'ṣṭamasthaḥ sūryendubhaumārkajadṛṣṭamūrtiḥ| abdaistribhirbhārgavadṛṣṭihīno lokāntaraṃ prāpayati prasūtam

Jupiter standing in the 8th in a house of Mars, his body aspected by the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn and lacking the aspect of Venus, brings the newborn to another world in three years.

वक्री शनिर्भौमगृहं प्रपन्नश्चन्द्रेऽष्टषष्ठेऽथ चतुष्टये वा। कुजेन सम्प्राप्तबलेन दृष्टो वर्षद्वयं जीवयति प्रजातम्

vakrī śanirbhaumagṛhaṃ prapannaścandre'ṣṭaṣaṣṭhe'tha catuṣṭaye vā| kujena samprāptabalena dṛṣṭo varṣadvayaṃ jīvayati prajātam

Retrograde Saturn having entered a house of Mars, with the Moon in the 8th or the 6th or else in a kendra, and ⟨Saturn⟩ aspected by Mars who has obtained strength, lets the newborn live ⟨but⟩ two years.

भास्करहिमकरसहितः शनैश्चरो मृत्युदः प्रसवकाले। वर्षैर्नवभिर्यातैरित्याह ब्रह्मशौण्डाख्यः

bhāskarahimakarasahitaḥ śanaiścaro mṛtyudaḥ prasavakāle| varṣairnavabhiryātairityāha brahmaśauṇḍākhyaḥ

Saturn joined with the Sun and the Moon at the time of birth gives death when nine years have passed — so says he named Brahmaśauṇḍa.

भौमदिवाकरसौराश्छिद्रे जातस्य भौमगृहे। म्रियतेऽवश्यं स नरो यमकृतरक्षोऽपि मासेन

bhaumadivākarasaurāśchidre jātasya bhaumagṛhe| mriyate'vaśyaṃ sa naro yamakṛtarakṣo'pi māsena

Mars, the Sun and Saturn in the chidra ⟨the 8th house⟩ of one born, that house being a house of Mars — that man dies within a month without fail, though a protective charm made by Yama himself were upon him.

एकः पापोऽष्टमगः शुक्रगृहे पापवीक्षितो वर्षात्। मारयति नरं जातं सुधारसो येन पीतोऽपि

ekaḥ pāpo'ṣṭamagaḥ śukragṛhe pāpavīkṣito varṣāt| mārayati naraṃ jātaṃ sudhāraso yena pīto'pi

A single malefic gone to the 8th in a house of Venus, aspected by malefics, kills the man born within a year — even one by whom the draught of nectar has been drunk.

रविशशिभवने शुक्रो द्वादशरिपुरन्ध्रगः शुभैः सर्वैः। दृष्टः करोति षड्भिर्वर्षैर्मरणं किमत्र चित्रं हि

raviśaśibhavane śukro dvādaśaripurandhragaḥ śubhaiḥ sarvaiḥ| dṛṣṭaḥ karoti ṣaḍbhirvarṣairmaraṇaṃ kimatra citraṃ hi

Venus in a house of the Sun or the Moon, gone to the 12th, the 6th or the 8th, though aspected by all the benefics, brings about death in six years — and what wonder is there in this?

कर्कटधामनि सौम्यः षष्ठाष्टमसंस्थितो विलग्नर्क्षात्। चन्द्रेण दृष्टमूर्तिर्वर्षचतुष्केण मारयति

karkaṭadhāmani saumyaḥ ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamasaṃsthito vilagnarkṣāt| candreṇa dṛṣṭamūrtirvarṣacatuṣkeṇa mārayati

Mercury in the abode of Karkaṭa (Cancer), situated in the 6th or the 8th from the lagna sign, his body aspected by the Moon, kills within four years.

तीव्रफलराजयोगा यवनाद्यैर्ये विनिर्मितास्तेषु। जायन्ते खलु कुलजा रिष्टं तेषु प्रसूतानाम्

tīvraphalarājayogā yavanādyairye vinirmitāsteṣu| jāyante khalu kulajā riṣṭaṃ teṣu prasūtānām

Those rāja-yogas of fierce result which were framed by Yavana and the rest — in them, to be sure, are born ⟨children⟩ of ⟨good⟩ family; ⟨and yet⟩ riṣṭa belongs to those born in them.

केतुर्यस्मिन्नृक्षेऽभ्युदितस्तस्मिन्प्रसूयते यो हि। मासद्वयेन मरणं विनिर्दिशेत्तस्य जातस्य

keturyasminnṛkṣe'bhyuditastasminprasūyate yo hi| māsadvayena maraṇaṃ vinirdiśettasya jātasya

In whatever ṛkṣa a ketu ⟨comet⟩ has risen, whoever is born in that same one — for that native one should declare death within two months.

गगनस्थो दिवसकरः पापैर्बहुभिर्निरीक्षितः सद्यः। मारयति भौमधामनि शनिभे च न संशयो भवति

gaganastho divasakaraḥ pāpairbahubhirnirīkṣitaḥ sadyaḥ| mārayati bhaumadhāmani śanibhe ca na saṃśayo bhavati

The Sun standing in the 10th, aspected by many malefics, kills at once when he is in a house of Mars or in a sign of Saturn; of this there is no doubt.

लग्ने यद्द्रेक्काणा निगडाहिविहङ्गपाशधरसंज्ञाः। मरणाय सप्तवर्षैः क्रूरयुता न स्वपतिदृष्टाः

lagne yaddrekkāṇā nigaḍāhivihaṅgapāśadharasaṃjñāḥ| maraṇāya saptavarṣaiḥ krūrayutā na svapatidṛṣṭāḥ

Those drekkāṇas in the lagna named nigaḍa ⟨fetter⟩, ahi ⟨serpent⟩, vihaṅga ⟨bird⟩ and pāśadhara ⟨noose-bearer⟩, when joined with malefics and not aspected by their own lord, ⟨make⟩ for death within seven years.

राहुश्चतुष्टयस्थो मरणाय निरीक्षितो भवति पापैः। वर्षैर्वदन्ति दशभिः षोडशभिः केचिदाचार्याः

rāhuścatuṣṭayastho maraṇāya nirīkṣito bhavati pāpaiḥ| varṣairvadanti daśabhiḥ ṣoḍaśabhiḥ kecidācāryāḥ

Rāhu standing in a kendra and aspected by malefics makes for death; in ten years, they say — some teachers ⟨say⟩ in sixteen.

पापास्त्रिकोणकेन्द्रे सौम्याः षष्ठाष्टमव्ययगताश्च। सूर्योदये प्रसूतः सद्यः प्राणांस्त्यजति जन्तुः

pāpāstrikoṇakendre saumyāḥ ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamavyayagatāśca| sūryodaye prasūtaḥ sadyaḥ prāṇāṃstyajati jantuḥ

Malefics in a trikoṇa or a kendra, benefics gone to the 6th, the 8th and the 12th, and the creature born at sunrise — he gives up his life-breaths at once.

अंशाधिपजन्मपती लग्नपतिश्चास्तमुपगता यस्य। संवत्सरैस्तु मरणं निर्व्याजं कतिपयैरेव

aṃśādhipajanmapatī lagnapatiścāstamupagatā yasya| saṃvatsaraistu maraṇaṃ nirvyājaṃ katipayaireva

He whose lord of the aṃśa, lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ and lord of the lagna have gone to setting ⟨combustion⟩ — his death, without evasion, ⟨comes⟩ in but a few years.

राशिप्रमितैर्वर्षैर्मारयति विलग्नपो रिपुस्थाने। मासैर्द्रेक्काणपतिर्दिवसैरंशाधिपो हन्ति

rāśipramitairvarṣairmārayati vilagnapo ripusthāne| māsairdrekkāṇapatirdivasairaṃśādhipo hanti

The lord of the lagna in the 6th house kills in years numbering the rāśi; the lord of the drekkāṇa ⟨kills⟩ in that many months, the lord of the aṃśa in that many days.

मारयति षोडशाहाच्छनैश्चरः पापवीक्षितो लग्ने। संयुक्तो मासेन तु वर्षाच्छुद्धस्तु मारयति

mārayati ṣoḍaśāhācchanaiścaraḥ pāpavīkṣito lagne| saṃyukto māsena tu varṣācchuddhastu mārayati

Saturn in the lagna, aspected by a malefic, kills within sixteen days; joined ⟨with one⟩, within a month; but unmixed, he kills within a year.

क्षीणशरीरश्चन्द्रो लग्नस्थः क्रूरवीक्षितः कुरुते। स्वर्गगमनं हि पुंसां कुलीरगोऽजान्परित्यज्य

kṣīṇaśarīraścandro lagnasthaḥ krūravīkṣitaḥ kurute| svargagamanaṃ hi puṃsāṃ kulīrago'jānparityajya

The Moon of wasted body standing in the lagna, aspected by malefics, brings about men's going to heaven — excepting ⟨the Moon in⟩ Kulīra (Cancer) and Aja (Aries).

वर्षान्मारयति शशी षष्ठाष्टमराशिसंस्थितो लग्नात्। सद्यः क्रूरैर्दृष्टः सौम्यैरब्दाष्टकाच्चैव

varṣānmārayati śaśī ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamarāśisaṃsthito lagnāt| sadyaḥ krūrairdṛṣṭaḥ saumyairabdāṣṭakāccaiva

The Moon situated in the 6th or the 8th sign from the lagna kills within a year; aspected by malefics, at once; and by benefics, only after eight years.

अशुभशुभैः सन्दृष्टे वर्षचतुष्केण निर्दिशेदन्तम्। अनुपातः कर्तव्यः प्रोक्तादूनैर्ग्रहैर्दृष्टे

aśubhaśubhaiḥ sandṛṣṭe varṣacatuṣkeṇa nirdiśedantam| anupātaḥ kartavyaḥ proktādūnairgrahairdṛṣṭe

When ⟨the Moon⟩ is aspected by inauspicious and auspicious ⟨grahas⟩ together, one should declare the end at four years; and when it is aspected by fewer grahas than have been stated, a proportion is to be worked ⟨from the figure given⟩.

सौम्याः षष्ठाष्टमगाः पापैर्वक्रोपसङ्गतैर्दृष्टाः। मासेन मृत्युदास्ते यदि न शुभैस्तत्र सन्दृष्टाः

saumyāḥ ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamagāḥ pāpairvakropasaṅgatairdṛṣṭāḥ| māsena mṛtyudāste yadi na śubhaistatra sandṛṣṭāḥ

Benefics gone to the 6th and the 8th, aspected by malefics that have come to retrogression, give death within a month — if they are not aspected there by benefics.

लग्नाद्द्वादशधनगैः क्रूरैर्म्रियते च रन्ध्ररिपुयुक्तैः। शुभसम्पर्कमयातैर्मासे षष्ठेऽष्टमे वाऽपि

lagnāddvādaśadhanagaiḥ krūrairmriyate ca randhraripuyuktaiḥ| śubhasamparkamayātairmāse ṣaṣṭhe'ṣṭame vā'pi

By malefics gone to the 12th and to the 2nd from the lagna, joined with ⟨those in⟩ the 8th and the 6th and having reached no contact with benefics, ⟨the native⟩ dies in the sixth or else the eighth month.

लग्नाधिपजन्मपती षष्ठाष्टमरिःफगौ प्रसवकाले। अस्तमितौ मरणकरौ राशि प्रमितैर्वदेद्वर्षैः

lagnādhipajanmapatī ṣaṣṭhāṣṭamariḥphagau prasavakāle| astamitau maraṇakarau rāśi pramitairvadedvarṣaiḥ

The lord of the lagna and the lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩, gone at the time of birth to the 6th, the 8th, or the riḥpha ⟨the 12th⟩, and set ⟨combust⟩, cause death; one should declare it in years numbering the rāśi.

होराधिपतिर्द्यूने पापजितो मरणमेव विदधाति। मासेन जन्मनाथस्तद्वच्चन्द्रो न यदि शुभदृष्टः

horādhipatirdyūne pāpajito maraṇameva vidadhāti| māsena janmanāthastadvaccandro na yadi śubhadṛṣṭaḥ

The lord of the horā ⟨the lagna⟩ in the dyūna ⟨the 7th house⟩, vanquished by malefics, brings about nothing but death; within a month the lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ does the like, and so the Moon, if it is not aspected by benefics.

चन्द्रः कुजरवियुक्तः स्वसुतस्थाने न चापि शुभदृष्टः। मरणं शिशोः प्रयच्छति वर्षे नवमे न सन्देहः

candraḥ kujaraviyuktaḥ svasutasthāne na cāpi śubhadṛṣṭaḥ| maraṇaṃ śiśoḥ prayacchati varṣe navame na sandehaḥ

The Moon joined with Mars and the Sun, in his own sign or in the suta ⟨the 5th house⟩, and not aspected by benefics either, grants the child death in the ninth year; there is no doubt.

होरेश्वरस्तु मृत्यौ पापैः सकलैश्च दृश्यते बलिभिः। मासि चतुर्थे मरणं जातस्य करोति मुनिवाक्यम्

horeśvarastu mṛtyau pāpaiḥ sakalaiśca dṛśyate balibhiḥ| māsi caturthe maraṇaṃ jātasya karoti munivākyam

But the lord of the horā ⟨the lagna⟩ in the mṛtyu ⟨the 8th house⟩, aspected by all the malefics and those strong, causes the native's death in the fourth month — such is the sage's word.

जन्माधिपतिः सूर्यः स्वपुत्रसहितोऽष्टमे भवति राशौ। वर्षै राशिप्रमितैर्मरणाय सितेन सन्दृष्टः

janmādhipatiḥ sūryaḥ svaputrasahito'ṣṭame bhavati rāśau| varṣai rāśipramitairmaraṇāya sitena sandṛṣṭaḥ

The Sun as lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩, joined with his own son ⟨Saturn⟩, comes to be in the eighth sign and is aspected by Venus — ⟨that⟩ makes for death in years numbering the rāśi.

व्ययाष्टषष्ठोदयगे शशाङ्के पापेन युक्ते शुभदृष्टिहीने। केन्द्रेषु सौम्यग्रहवर्जितेषु प्राणैर्वियोगं व्रजति प्रजातः

vyayāṣṭaṣaṣṭhodayage śaśāṅke pāpena yukte śubhadṛṣṭihīne| kendreṣu saumyagrahavarjiteṣu prāṇairviyogaṃ vrajati prajātaḥ

When the Moon has gone to the 12th, the 8th, the 6th or the rising ⟨the lagna⟩, is joined with a malefic and is bereft of benefic aspect, and the kendras are void of benefic grahas, the newborn goes to separation from his life-breaths.

चक्रस्य पूर्वभागे पापाः सौम्यास्तथेतरे चैव। वृश्चिकलग्ने जाता गतायुषो वज्रमुष्टियोगेऽस्मिन्

cakrasya pūrvabhāge pāpāḥ saumyāstathetare caiva| vṛścikalagne jātā gatāyuṣo vajramuṣṭiyoge'smin

Malefics in the eastern half of the wheel, and benefics likewise in the other ⟨half⟩; Scorpio (vṛścika) in the ascendant — those born under this Vajramuṣṭi yoga are of spent life.

क्षीणे शशिनि विलग्ने पापैः केन्द्रेषु मृत्युसंस्थैर्वा। भवति विपत्तिरवश्यं यवनाधिपतेर्मतं चैतत्

kṣīṇe śaśini vilagne pāpaiḥ kendreṣu mṛtyusaṃsthairvā| bhavati vipattiravaśyaṃ yavanādhipatermataṃ caitat

When the waned Moon is in the ascendant, with malefics in the angles or standing in the eighth, calamity comes without fail; and this is the doctrine of the lord of the Yavanas.

राश्यन्तगतैः पापैः सन्ध्यायां तुहिनरश्मिहोरायाम्। मृत्युः प्रत्येकस्थैः केन्द्रेषु शशाङ्कपापैश्च

rāśyantagataiḥ pāpaiḥ sandhyāyāṃ tuhinaraśmihorāyām| mṛtyuḥ pratyekasthaiḥ kendreṣu śaśāṅkapāpaiśca

With malefics gone to the end of a sign, at twilight, in the horā of the frost-rayed one ⟨the Moon⟩ — death; and so too when the Moon and the malefics stand one in each of the angles.

द्यूनचतुरस्रसंस्थे पापद्वयमध्यगे शशिनि जातः। विलयं प्रयाति नियतं देवैरपि रक्षितो बालः

dyūnacaturasrasaṃsthe pāpadvayamadhyage śaśini jātaḥ| vilayaṃ prayāti niyataṃ devairapi rakṣito bālaḥ

When the Moon stands in the seventh (dyūna) or in a caturasra ⟨the fourth or the eighth⟩ and is gone between two malefics, the child that is born goes to dissolution for certain, though the gods themselves should guard him.

पापद्वयमध्यगते होरासप्ताष्टमस्थिते चन्द्रे। सौम्यैरबलैर्दृष्टे जातो म्रियते ध्रुवं ह्यत्र

pāpadvayamadhyagate horāsaptāṣṭamasthite candre| saumyairabalairdṛṣṭe jāto mriyate dhruvaṃ hyatra

When the Moon, gone between two malefics, stands in the ascendant (horā), the seventh or the eighth, and is aspected by benefics that are without strength, the one born here dies for certain.

द्यूनाष्टमगैः पापैः क्रूरग्रहवीक्षितैः सह जनन्या। म्रियते शुभसंदृष्टैः सत्यस्य मताद्वदेद्व्याधिम्

dyūnāṣṭamagaiḥ pāpaiḥ krūragrahavīkṣitaiḥ saha jananyā| mriyate śubhasaṃdṛṣṭaiḥ satyasya matādvadedvyādhim

With malefics gone to the seventh and the eighth and aspected by malefic grahas, ⟨the child⟩ dies together with its mother; when they are well aspected by benefics, one should declare illness — so from the doctrine of Satya.

ग्रहणोपगते चन्द्रे सक्रूरे लग्नगे कुजेऽष्टमगे। मात्रा सार्धं म्रियते चन्द्रवदर्के च शस्त्रेण

grahaṇopagate candre sakrūre lagnage kuje'ṣṭamage| mātrā sārdhaṃ mriyate candravadarke ca śastreṇa

When the Moon, come under eclipse and joined with a malefic, is in the ascendant and Mars is in the eighth, ⟨the child⟩ dies together with its mother; and as with the Moon, so with the Sun — ⟨death⟩ by a weapon.

क्षीणे शशिनि विलग्ने कण्टकनिधनाश्रितैस्तथा पापैः। सौम्यादृष्टे मृत्युः सद्यः सत्यस्य निर्देशः

kṣīṇe śaśini vilagne kaṇṭakanidhanāśritaistathā pāpaiḥ| saumyādṛṣṭe mṛtyuḥ sadyaḥ satyasya nirdeśaḥ

When the waned Moon is in the ascendant and malefics likewise occupy the kaṇṭakas ⟨the angles⟩ and the eighth, and it is unaspected by benefics — death at once. This is Satya's ruling.

द्यूनगतेऽर्के लग्ने यमे कुजे वा विपर्यये वाऽपि। अन्यतरयुते वेन्दावशुभैर्दृष्टेऽचिरान्मृत्युः

dyūnagate'rke lagne yame kuje vā viparyaye vā'pi| anyatarayute vendāvaśubhairdṛṣṭe'cirānmṛtyuḥ

When the Sun is gone to the seventh and Yama ⟨Saturn⟩ or Mars is in the ascendant, or the reverse of this; or when the Moon is joined with either of the two and aspected by malefics — death before long.

होरानिधनास्तगतैः पापैः क्षीणे व्ययस्थिते चन्द्रे। जातस्य भवेन्मरणं सद्यः केन्द्रेषु चेन्न शुभाः

horānidhanāstagataiḥ pāpaiḥ kṣīṇe vyayasthite candre| jātasya bhavenmaraṇaṃ sadyaḥ kendreṣu cenna śubhāḥ

With malefics gone to the ascendant (horā), the eighth and the seventh (asta), and the waned Moon standing in the twelfth, the native's death comes at once, if there are no benefics in the angles.

लग्नान्त्यनवमनैधनसंयुक्ताश्चन्द्रसूर्यसौराराः। जातस्य वधकृतः स्युः सद्यो गुरुणा न चेद्दृष्टाः

lagnāntyanavamanaidhanasaṃyuktāścandrasūryasaurārāḥ| jātasya vadhakṛtaḥ syuḥ sadyo guruṇā na ceddṛṣṭāḥ

The Moon, the Sun, Saturn and Mars, joined to the ascendant, the twelfth (antya), the ninth and the eighth (naidhana), become slayers of the native at once, if they are not aspected by Jupiter.

लग्ने चन्द्रेऽर्के वा पापा बलिनस्त्रिकोणनिधनेषु। सौम्यैरदृष्टयुक्ताः सद्यो मरणाय कीर्तिता यवनैः

lagne candre'rke vā pāpā balinastrikoṇanidhaneṣu| saumyairadṛṣṭayuktāḥ sadyo maraṇāya kīrtitā yavanaiḥ

Strong malefics in the trikoṇas and the eighth from the ascendant, from the Moon or from the Sun, unaspected by and unjoined to benefics, are declared by the Yavanas to bring death at once.

शुक्रो रविशनिसहितो मारयति नरं सदा प्रसवकाले। दृष्टोऽपि देवगुरुणा नवभिर्वर्षैर्न सन्देहः

śukro raviśanisahito mārayati naraṃ sadā prasavakāle| dṛṣṭo'pi devaguruṇā navabhirvarṣairna sandehaḥ

Venus joined with the Sun and Saturn at the time of birth always kills the man within nine years — even though aspected by the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩; there is no doubt.

यत्रस्थस्तत्रस्थो रुधिरार्कशनैश्चरेक्षितश्चन्द्रः। जननीमृत्युं कुर्यान्न तु सौम्यनिरीक्षितः सद्यः

yatrasthastatrastho rudhirārkaśanaiścarekṣitaścandraḥ| jananīmṛtyuṃ kuryānna tu saumyanirīkṣitaḥ sadyaḥ

The Moon, in whatever house it stands, aspected by the blood-red one ⟨Mars⟩, the Sun and Saturn, brings about the mother's death at once — but not when it is aspected by benefics.

रुधिरशनैश्चरदृष्टो दिवसकरो दिवसजन्मनि तु यस्य। पापयुतो वा हन्यात् पितरं निःसंशयं जातः

rudhiraśanaiścaradṛṣṭo divasakaro divasajanmani tu yasya| pāpayuto vā hanyāt pitaraṃ niḥsaṃśayaṃ jātaḥ

The Sun (divasakara), aspected by the blood-red one ⟨Mars⟩ and Saturn in a day birth, or joined with a malefic, without doubt slays the father of the one born.

रहितो बुधगुरुशुक्रैर्जन्मनि रुधिराङ्गसौरसहितोऽर्कः। कथयति पितरमतीतं पितुरपि च शरीरकर्तारम्

rahito budhaguruśukrairjanmani rudhirāṅgasaurasahito'rkaḥ| kathayati pitaramatītaṃ piturapi ca śarīrakartāram

The Sun at birth, bereft of Mercury, Jupiter and Venus and joined with the blood-limbed one ⟨Mars⟩ and Saturn, declares the father gone by — and the father's own body-maker ⟨the grandfather⟩ with him.

पापद्वयमध्यगतो दिवसकरो दिवसजन्मनिरतस्य। पापयुतो वा हन्यात् पितरं निःसंशयं जातः

pāpadvayamadhyagato divasakaro divasajanmaniratasya| pāpayuto vā hanyāt pitaraṃ niḥsaṃśayaṃ jātaḥ

The Sun (divasakara), gone between two malefics, for one born in the daytime — or joined with a malefic — without doubt slays the father of the one born.

सूर्यादष्टमराशौ यदि युक्तौ सौरलोहितौ प्रसवे। सौम्यादृष्टौ निधनं कुर्यातां सद्य एव पितुः

sūryādaṣṭamarāśau yadi yuktau sauralohitau prasave| saumyādṛṣṭau nidhanaṃ kuryātāṃ sadya eva pituḥ

If Saturn and the red one ⟨Mars⟩ stand joined in the eighth sign from the Sun at birth, unaspected by benefics, the two bring about the father's death forthwith.

पापग्रहसंयुक्तश्चरराशिगतो दिवाकरः प्रसवे। विषशस्त्रजलान्मृत्युं कथयत्यल्पायुषं पितरम्

pāpagrahasaṃyuktaścararāśigato divākaraḥ prasave| viṣaśastrajalānmṛtyuṃ kathayatyalpāyuṣaṃ pitaram

The Sun at birth, joined with malefic grahas and gone to a movable sign, declares the father short-lived, with death from poison, weapon or water.

चन्द्रादष्टमराशौ नवमे वा सप्तमेऽपि वा पापाः। सर्वे तत्रान्यतमे हन्युर्जातं सह जनन्या

candrādaṣṭamarāśau navame vā saptame'pi vā pāpāḥ| sarve tatrānyatame hanyurjātaṃ saha jananyā

Malefics in the eighth sign from the Moon, or the ninth, or the seventh — all of them in any one of these — slay the native together with his mother.

चरराशिगते सूर्ये दिनजन्मनि वीक्षिते कुपुत्रेण। कथयति विदेशयातं जातस्य शरीरकर्तारम्

cararāśigate sūrye dinajanmani vīkṣite kuputreṇa| kathayati videśayātaṃ jātasya śarīrakartāram

When the Sun is gone to a movable sign in a day birth and is aspected by the bad son ⟨Saturn⟩, it declares the native's body-maker ⟨his father⟩ to have gone to a foreign country.

चरराशिगतं सौरं यद्यर्को रात्रिजन्मनीक्षेत। अत्रापि विदेशस्थं कथयति पितरं प्रसूतस्य

cararāśigataṃ sauraṃ yadyarko rātrijanmanīkṣeta| atrāpi videśasthaṃ kathayati pitaraṃ prasūtasya

If the Sun should aspect Saturn placed in a movable sign in a night birth, here too it declares the father of the one born to be abroad.

रुधिरसहितस्तु सौरश्चरभवने रात्रिजन्मनिरतस्य। कथयति पितरमतीतं परदेशे नात्र सन्देहः

rudhirasahitastu sauraścarabhavane rātrijanmaniratasya| kathayati pitaramatītaṃ paradeśe nātra sandehaḥ

But Saturn joined with the blood-red one ⟨Mars⟩ in a movable house, for one born at night, declares the father gone by in a foreign land; there is no doubt here.

यत्रस्थस्तत्रस्थः स्वपुत्ररुधिराङ्गसङ्गतः सूर्यः। प्राग्जन्मनो निवृत्तं कथयति पितरं प्रसूतस्य

yatrasthastatrasthaḥ svaputrarudhirāṅgasaṅgataḥ sūryaḥ| prāgjanmano nivṛttaṃ kathayati pitaraṃ prasūtasya

The Sun, in whatever house it stands, joined with his own son ⟨Saturn⟩ and the blood-limbed one ⟨Mars⟩, declares that the father of the one born departed before the birth.

जन्माष्टसप्तषष्ठद्वादशसंस्थेषु चैव पापेषु। माता सुतेन सार्धं म्रियते नास्त्यत्र सन्देहः

janmāṣṭasaptaṣaṣṭhadvādaśasaṃstheṣu caiva pāpeṣu| mātā sutena sārdhaṃ mriyate nāstyatra sandehaḥ

And when malefics stand in the first (janma), the eighth, the seventh, the sixth and the twelfth, the mother dies together with the son; there is no doubt in this.

जीवति माता म्रियते सूनुः षष्ठान्त्यगेषु पापेषु। जन्माष्टसप्तमेषु च जीवति सूनुर्म्रियेत तन्माता

jīvati mātā mriyate sūnuḥ ṣaṣṭhāntyageṣu pāpeṣu| janmāṣṭasaptameṣu ca jīvati sūnurmriyeta tanmātā

When malefics are in the sixth and the twelfth (antya), the mother lives and the son dies; and when they are in the first (janma), the eighth and the seventh, the son lives and his mother dies.

वक्रो वा सौरो वा द्वादशसंस्थो नयनहन्ता। दक्षिणनयनं सौरो वाममथाङ्गारको हन्यात्

vakro vā sauro vā dvādaśasaṃstho nayanahantā| dakṣiṇanayanaṃ sauro vāmamathāṅgārako hanyāt

Mars (vakra) or Saturn standing in the twelfth is a destroyer of the eye: Saturn would destroy the right eye, and Aṅgāraka ⟨Mars⟩ the left.

युगपच्चन्द्रादित्यौ द्वादशभे निष्ठितौ ग्रहौ स्याताम्। कुरुतः प्रसूतमन्धं पापः षष्ठेऽथवा निधने

yugapaccandrādityau dvādaśabhe niṣṭhitau grahau syātām| kurutaḥ prasūtamandhaṃ pāpaḥ ṣaṣṭhe'thavā nidhane

If the Moon and the Sun, both grahas, should stand together in the twelfth house, they make the one born blind; or ⟨so does⟩ a malefic in the sixth or the eighth.

अथवाप्यन्यतरयुते द्वादशभे वापि जायमानस्य। अत्रापि हरेन्नयनं दक्षिणमर्कः शशी सव्यम्

athavāpyanyatarayute dvādaśabhe vāpi jāyamānasya| atrāpi harennayanaṃ dakṣiṇamarkaḥ śaśī savyam

Or else, when either one of the two is joined ⟨with a malefic⟩ in the twelfth house, here too it takes away the eye of the one being born — the Sun the right, the Moon the left.

स्वर्भानुनोपसृष्टा यदि होरा दिनकरश्च जामित्रे। जातस्तत्र मनुष्यो निःसन्दिग्धं भवत्यन्धः

svarbhānunopasṛṣṭā yadi horā dinakaraśca jāmitre| jātastatra manuṣyo niḥsandigdhaṃ bhavatyandhaḥ

If the ascendant (horā) is seized by Svarbhānu ⟨Rāhu⟩ and the Sun is in the seventh (jāmitra), the man born then becomes blind beyond question.

धनराशौ द्वादशभे चन्द्रः सूर्यश्च निष्ठितो यत्र। तत्रापि भवत्यन्धो यद्यष्टमषष्ठयोः पापौ

dhanarāśau dvādaśabhe candraḥ sūryaśca niṣṭhito yatra| tatrāpi bhavatyandho yadyaṣṭamaṣaṣṭhayoḥ pāpau

Where the Moon and the Sun stand in the sign of wealth ⟨the 2nd⟩ ⟨or⟩ in the twelfth sign — there too ⟨the native⟩ becomes blind, if two malefics ⟨are⟩ in the eighth and the sixth.

रजनिकरः षष्ठगतो निधने सूर्यो रवेः सुतस्तु शुभे। वक्रः कुटुम्बराशावत्राप्यन्धो भवेज्जातः

rajanikaraḥ ṣaṣṭhagato nidhane sūryo raveḥ sutastu śubhe| vakraḥ kuṭumbarāśāvatrāpyandho bhavejjātaḥ

The night-maker ⟨the Moon⟩ gone to the sixth, the Sun in the eighth, the Sun's son ⟨Saturn⟩ in an auspicious ⟨place⟩, ⟨and⟩ Mars in the sign of the family ⟨the 2nd⟩ — here too the one born becomes blind.

रुधिराङ्गसौरयुक्तश्चन्द्रो निधनेऽथवाऽपि षष्ठे वा। पित्तश्लेष्मविकारैर्दृष्टिं हन्यादशुभयुक्तः

rudhirāṅgasaurayuktaścandro nidhane'thavā'pi ṣaṣṭhe vā| pittaśleṣmavikārairdṛṣṭiṃ hanyādaśubhayuktaḥ

The Moon joined with Mars and Saturn, in the eighth or else in the sixth, ⟨and⟩ joined with malefics, would destroy the sight through disorders of bile and phlegm.

दक्षिणमष्टमसंस्थः सव्यं तु हरेत्समाश्रितः षष्ठम्। सौम्यैर्निरीक्षिततनुः सद्यो न हरेत्तु पश्चाद्वा

dakṣiṇamaṣṭamasaṃsthaḥ savyaṃ tu haretsamāśritaḥ ṣaṣṭham| saumyairnirīkṣitatanuḥ sadyo na harettu paścādvā

⟨The Moon⟩ standing in the eighth takes away the right ⟨eye⟩, but resorting to the sixth it takes away the left. ⟨If⟩ its body is aspected by benefics it does not take ⟨it⟩ at once — or ⟨it takes it⟩ later.

दिनकरसुतेन सहितो निधने चान्त्ये समाश्रितश्चन्द्रः। वातश्लेष्मविकारैर्दृष्टिं हन्यादशुभदृष्टः

dinakarasutena sahito nidhane cāntye samāśritaścandraḥ| vātaśleṣmavikārairdṛṣṭiṃ hanyādaśubhadṛṣṭaḥ

The Moon joined with Saturn, situated in the eighth and in the twelfth, aspected by malefics, would destroy the sight through disorders of wind and phlegm.

निधने दक्षिणनयनं त्यागे सव्यं हरेत्तु नियमेन। सौम्यैस्तु दृश्यमाने न हरेदथवा हरेत्पश्चात्

nidhane dakṣiṇanayanaṃ tyāge savyaṃ harettu niyamena| saumyaistu dṛśyamāne na haredathavā haretpaścāt

In the eighth ⟨it takes⟩ the right eye, in the twelfth the left — it takes ⟨it⟩ as a rule. But when ⟨the Moon⟩ is aspected by benefics it does not take ⟨it⟩, or takes ⟨it⟩ later.

एतेनैव तु विधिना सौरारदिवाकराश्रितश्चन्द्रः। कुर्याद्दृष्टिविकारं नानारोगैर्ध्रुवं जन्तोः

etenaiva tu vidhinā saurāradivākarāśritaścandraḥ| kuryāddṛṣṭivikāraṃ nānārogairdhruvaṃ jantoḥ

By this very rule, the Moon attended by Saturn, Mars and the Sun assuredly produces a disorder of the sight in the creature, through diseases of many kinds.

एकादशे तृतीये होरायां पापसंयुते शशिनि। कर्णविकलो नरः स्यात्पापग्रहवीक्षिते सद्यः

ekādaśe tṛtīye horāyāṃ pāpasaṃyute śaśini| karṇavikalo naraḥ syātpāpagrahavīkṣite sadyaḥ

When the Moon, joined with a malefic, is in the eleventh, the third, or in the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, and is aspected by a malefic graha, the man becomes at once defective in the ear.

नवमे पञ्चमराशौ पापग्रहवीक्षितौ ग्रहौ स्याताम्। श्रोत्रोपघातमतुलं कुर्यातां जातमात्रस्य

navame pañcamarāśau pāpagrahavīkṣitau grahau syātām| śrotropaghātamatulaṃ kuryātāṃ jātamātrasya

⟨If⟩ two grahas, aspected by malefic grahas, stand in the ninth ⟨and⟩ in the fifth sign, the two of them would cause unequalled injury to the hearing of the newborn.

नवमे दक्षिणकर्णं वामं वै पञ्चमे ग्रहो हन्यात्। अत्रैव सौम्यभे वा शुभदृष्टे वा शुभं वाच्यम्

navame dakṣiṇakarṇaṃ vāmaṃ vai pañcame graho hanyāt| atraiva saumyabhe vā śubhadṛṣṭe vā śubhaṃ vācyam

In the ninth the graha would destroy the right ear, and in the fifth the left. But here itself, ⟨if the graha is⟩ in a benefic's sign or aspected by a benefic, an auspicious ⟨result⟩ is to be declared.

राशौ होरान्तरं प्राप्य यो यस्मिन् व्याधिमाप्नुयात्। तच्चास्य होराप्रसवे चन्द्रस्थानं च यद्भवेत्

rāśau horāntaraṃ prāpya yo yasmin vyādhimāpnuyāt| taccāsya horāprasave candrasthānaṃ ca yadbhavet

Having reached the horā-interval within a sign — ⟨mark⟩ who contracts an illness in which ⟨of them⟩; and that ⟨interval⟩ of his, and the horā at the birth, and whatever the Moon's position may be ⟨— these are to be known⟩.

सव्यापसव्यभागे योगमथैव ग्रहास्तु संप्राप्ताः। कुर्युर्नृणां च चिह्नं व्यङ्गभयं पापवीक्षिताः सौम्याः

savyāpasavyabhāge yogamathaiva grahāstu saṃprāptāḥ| kuryurnṛṇāṃ ca cihnaṃ vyaṅgabhayaṃ pāpavīkṣitāḥ saumyāḥ

And grahas that have come to conjunction in the left and the right portion make a mark on men; benefics aspected by malefics ⟨make⟩ the danger of a maimed limb.

विदित्वा त्रितयं ह्येतत् कृत्स्नस्य तु विशेषतः। शुभाशुभौ तु विज्ञेयौ ग्रहसंयोगकारणौ

viditvā tritayaṃ hyetat kṛtsnasya tu viśeṣataḥ| śubhāśubhau tu vijñeyau grahasaṃyogakāraṇau

Having known this triad — of the whole, and severally — the auspicious and the inauspicious ⟨results⟩, whose cause is the conjunction of grahas, are to be discerned.

चन्द्रादित्यौ तृतीयस्थौ मीनक्षेत्रं स यस्य तु। व्याधिं तत्र विजानीयात् त्रिरात्रं तस्य जीवितम्

candrādityau tṛtīyasthau mīnakṣetraṃ sa yasya tu| vyādhiṃ tatra vijānīyāt trirātraṃ tasya jīvitam

⟨When⟩ the Moon and the Sun stand in the third, and that ⟨third⟩ is the field of Pisces for someone, an illness is to be known ⟨as arising⟩ there, ⟨and⟩ his life ⟨lasts⟩ three nights.

अतस्तृतीये नक्षत्रे समस्ते व्यस्तगेऽपि वा। रवौ रात्रिं परां जीवेच्चन्द्रे दशममाश्रिते

atastṛtīye nakṣatre samaste vyastage'pi vā| ravau rātriṃ parāṃ jīveccandre daśamamāśrite

Hence, ⟨when⟩ the Sun is in the third nakṣatra — ⟨taken⟩ jointly or severally — and the Moon has resorted to the tenth, ⟨he⟩ lives one further night.

सहितौ चन्द्रजामित्रे यस्याङ्गारकभास्करौ। जातस्य तस्य हि तदा भवेत्सप्ताहजीवितम्

sahitau candrajāmitre yasyāṅgārakabhāskarau| jātasya tasya hi tadā bhavetsaptāhajīvitam

For whom Mars and the Sun stand together in the seventh from the Moon, for that native the life then would be seven days.

चतुरस्रस्थिताः पापा वामदक्षिणगा यदा। तदा यो व्याधिमाप्नोति दशरात्रं स जीवति

caturasrasthitāḥ pāpā vāmadakṣiṇagā yadā| tadā yo vyādhimāpnoti daśarātraṃ sa jīvati

When malefics standing in the caturasra ⟨houses — the 4th and the 8th⟩ are placed to the left and to the right, then he who contracts an illness lives ten nights.

त्रिकोणे दक्षिणे सूर्यश्चन्द्रो वामे यदा भवेत्। यस्तदा लभते व्याधिं द्वादशाहं स जीवति

trikoṇe dakṣiṇe sūryaścandro vāme yadā bhavet| yastadā labhate vyādhiṃ dvādaśāhaṃ sa jīvati

When the Sun is in the right trikoṇa ⟨the 9th⟩ and the Moon in the left ⟨the 5th⟩, then he who gets an illness lives twelve days.

त्रिकोणस्थो यदा चन्द्रश्चतुरस्रेऽथ भास्करः। तदा दुर्व्याधिना युक्तस्त्रिरात्रं नातिवर्तते

trikoṇastho yadā candraścaturasre'tha bhāskaraḥ| tadā durvyādhinā yuktastrirātraṃ nātivartate

When the Moon stands in a trikoṇa and the Sun in a caturasra, then one seized by a grievous illness does not pass beyond three nights.

यदा होरा चतुर्थस्थश्चन्द्रः षष्ठस्थितो रविः। अष्टादशाहं च नरस्तदा व्याधिसमन्वितः

yadā horā caturthasthaścandraḥ ṣaṣṭhasthito raviḥ| aṣṭādaśāhaṃ ca narastadā vyādhisamanvitaḥ

When the Moon stands in the fourth from the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and the Sun stands in the sixth, the man afflicted with illness ⟨lives⟩ eighteen days.

रविर्यदा चन्द्रमसस्त्रिकोणस्थानमाश्रितः। विंशतिं दिवसान् जीवेत्तदा व्याधिभयार्दितः

raviryadā candramasastrikoṇasthānamāśritaḥ| viṃśatiṃ divasān jīvettadā vyādhibhayārditaḥ

When the Sun has resorted to a trikoṇa place from the Moon, then one distressed by the danger of illness lives twenty days.

होराष्टमस्थितः सूर्यः सौरभौमनिरीक्षितः। यः पुमान् प्राप्नुयाद्व्याधिं न स जीवेद्विपद्यते

horāṣṭamasthitaḥ sūryaḥ saurabhaumanirīkṣitaḥ| yaḥ pumān prāpnuyādvyādhiṃ na sa jīvedvipadyate

⟨When⟩ the Sun stands in the eighth from the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, aspected by Saturn and Mars — the man who then contracts an illness does not live: he perishes.

होरायां कण्टके भौमो भवेद्यस्य प्रजायतः। न च केन्द्रगतो जीवो जायते मृत एव सः

horāyāṃ kaṇṭake bhaumo bhavedyasya prajāyataḥ| na ca kendragato jīvo jāyate mṛta eva saḥ

For whom, as he is being born, Mars is in the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ or in an angle (kaṇṭaka), and Jupiter is not in a kendra — he is born dead indeed.

अथ होरागतः सूर्यो न च केन्द्रे बृहस्पतिः। निधने वा परः कश्चित् जातमात्रो विनश्यति

atha horāgataḥ sūryo na ca kendre bṛhaspatiḥ| nidhane vā paraḥ kaścit jātamātro vinaśyati

Now, ⟨if⟩ the Sun is in the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and Jupiter is not in a kendra, or some other ⟨graha⟩ is in the eighth, the newborn perishes.

होरायां कण्टके चन्द्रो न च केन्द्रे बृहस्पतिः। निधने वा परः कश्चित् जातमात्रो विनश्यति

horāyāṃ kaṇṭake candro na ca kendre bṛhaspatiḥ| nidhane vā paraḥ kaścit jātamātro vinaśyati

⟨If⟩ the Moon is in the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ or in an angle (kaṇṭaka) and Jupiter is not in a kendra, or some other ⟨graha⟩ is in the eighth, the newborn perishes.

द्रेष्काणजामित्रगतो यस्य स्याद्दारुणग्रहः। होरागतः शशाङ्कश्च सद्यो हरति जीवितम्

dreṣkāṇajāmitragato yasya syāddāruṇagrahaḥ| horāgataḥ śaśāṅkaśca sadyo harati jīvitam

For whom a dreadful graha is in the seventh of the drekkāṇa ⟨chart⟩ and the Moon is in the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ — ⟨it⟩ takes away his life at once.

ग्रहाः समेयुर्बहवो निधने यस्य जन्मनि। मासं वा सप्तरात्रं वा तस्यायुः समुदाहृतम्

grahāḥ sameyurbahavo nidhane yasya janmani| māsaṃ vā saptarātraṃ vā tasyāyuḥ samudāhṛtam

⟨If⟩ many grahas come together in the eighth at whose birth — his life-span is declared ⟨to be⟩ a month or seven nights.

शनैश्चरश्च होरायां निधने च महीसुतः। न च देवगुरुः केन्द्रे मृतगर्भः प्रसूयते

śanaiścaraśca horāyāṃ nidhane ca mahīsutaḥ| na ca devaguruḥ kendre mṛtagarbhaḥ prasūyate

And ⟨if⟩ Saturn is in the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and Mars in the eighth, and the guru of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ is not in a kendra, the embryo is born dead.

यः प्राग्विलग्ने द्रेष्काणस्तत्समानो यदा ग्रहः। भवेत्त्रिकोणगाः पापास्तत्समानफलो भवेत्

yaḥ prāgvilagne dreṣkāṇastatsamāno yadā grahaḥ| bhavettrikoṇagāḥ pāpāstatsamānaphalo bhavet

Whichever drekkāṇa is in the rising ascendant, when a graha corresponding to it ⟨is there⟩ ⟨and⟩ malefics stand in the trikoṇas, the result comes out corresponding to that ⟨drekkāṇa⟩.

सौरे व्याधिमवाप्नोति मरणं धरणीसुते। सूर्ये स्याद्व्याधिवैकल्यं मरणं नात्र संशयः

saure vyādhimavāpnoti maraṇaṃ dharaṇīsute| sūrye syādvyādhivaikalyaṃ maraṇaṃ nātra saṃśayaḥ

With Saturn ⟨so placed⟩ he contracts an illness; with Mars, death; with the Sun there would be infirmity from illness ⟨and⟩ death — of that there is no doubt here.

अथ होरागतो भौमः केन्द्रस्थश्च भृगोः सुतः। स वै मरणमाप्नोति होरायां पुनरागते

atha horāgato bhaumaḥ kendrasthaśca bhṛgoḥ sutaḥ| sa vai maraṇamāpnoti horāyāṃ punarāgate

Now, ⟨if⟩ Mars has gone to the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩ stands in a kendra, he assuredly meets death when the horā comes round again.

गुरुस्त्रिकोणे होरायां होरेशश्च महीसुतः। तस्यान्यतरकेन्द्रस्थः सद्यो जीवितनाशनः

gurustrikoṇe horāyāṃ horeśaśca mahīsutaḥ| tasyānyatarakendrasthaḥ sadyo jīvitanāśanaḥ

Jupiter in a trikoṇa from the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, and Mars (mahīsuta) the lord of the horā standing in one or other of its kendras — ⟨that⟩ destroys life at once.

न नैधने ग्रहः कश्चित् पापो होरागतोऽथवा। केन्द्रे वान्यतरे जीवो जीवत्यष्टशतोत्तरम्

na naidhane grahaḥ kaścit pāpo horāgato'thavā| kendre vānyatare jīvo jīvatyaṣṭaśatottaram

No graha at all in the 8th (naidhana), nor any malefic gone to the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, and Jupiter in one or the other kendra — he lives beyond a hundred and eight ⟨years⟩.

न केन्द्रे कश्चिदाग्नेयो न त्रिकोणे न नैधने। गुरुशुक्रौ च केन्द्रस्थौ जीवेदष्टशताधिकम्

na kendre kaścidāgneyo na trikoṇe na naidhane| guruśukrau ca kendrasthau jīvedaṣṭaśatādhikam

No fiery ⟨graha — āgneya⟩ at all in a kendra, nor in a trikoṇa, nor in the 8th; and Jupiter and Venus standing in kendras — he would live more than a hundred and eight ⟨years⟩.

यदि होरागतः शुक्रः केन्द्रेष्वन्यतमे गुरुः। नैधने न च पापाः स्युः स विंशं जीवते शतम्

yadi horāgataḥ śukraḥ kendreṣvanyatame guruḥ| naidhane na ca pāpāḥ syuḥ sa viṃśaṃ jīvate śatam

If Venus has gone to the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, Jupiter is in one or another of the kendras, and there are no malefics in the 8th (naidhana), he lives a hundred and twenty ⟨years⟩.

राशौ कर्कटहोरायां गुरुशुक्रौ समन्वितौ। गुरुश्चन्द्रयुतो वाऽपि निधने न च कश्चन

rāśau karkaṭahorāyāṃ guruśukrau samanvitau| guruścandrayuto vā'pi nidhane na ca kaścana

In the sign Cancer as the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, Jupiter and Venus joined ⟨there⟩; or else Jupiter joined with the Moon; and no one at all in the 8th (nidhana) —

न च केन्द्रगताः पापा न त्रिकोणे न नैधने। तस्यायुरमरप्रख्यं निश्चयेन च कीर्त्यते

na ca kendragatāḥ pāpā na trikoṇe na naidhane| tasyāyuramaraprakhyaṃ niścayena ca kīrtyate

and no malefics gone to a kendra, nor in a trikoṇa, nor in the 8th (naidhana) — his life-span is proclaimed, with certainty, to be like that of the immortals.

निधनास्तव्ययलग्नत्रिकोणगाः क्षीणचन्द्रसंयुक्ताः। पापा बलिनः शुभदैरदृश्यमाना गतायुषः प्रायः

nidhanāstavyayalagnatrikoṇagāḥ kṣīṇacandrasaṃyuktāḥ| pāpā balinaḥ śubhadairadṛśyamānā gatāyuṣaḥ prāyaḥ

Strong malefics gone to the 8th (nidhana), the 7th (asta), the 12th (vyaya), the lagna and the trikoṇa, joined with a waning Moon and unaspected by the givers of good ⟨the benefics⟩ — ⟨such a native is⟩ for the most part one whose life-span has gone.

योगे बलिनः स्थानं स्वं वा लग्नं गतेऽपि वा चन्द्रे। बलवति पापैर्दृष्टे वर्षान्ते मृत्युकालः स्यात्

yoge balinaḥ sthānaṃ svaṃ vā lagnaṃ gate'pi vā candre| balavati pāpairdṛṣṭe varṣānte mṛtyukālaḥ syāt

When, in the ⟨foregoing⟩ yoga, the Moon has gone to the place of the strong ⟨malefic⟩, or to its own ⟨place⟩, or to the lagna, and, itself strong, is aspected by malefics — the time of death would fall at the year's end.

रविचन्द्रभौमगुरुभिः कुजगुरुसौरेन्दुभिस्तथैकस्थैः। रविशनिभौमशशाङ्कैर्मरणं खलु पञ्चभिर्वर्षैः

ravicandrabhaumagurubhiḥ kujagurusaurendubhistathaikasthaiḥ| raviśanibhaumaśaśāṅkairmaraṇaṃ khalu pañcabhirvarṣaiḥ

By the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Jupiter; by Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and the Moon; and likewise by the Sun, Saturn, Mars and the Moon — ⟨all⟩ standing in one place — death indeed within five years.

रविणा युक्तः शशिजोऽसौम्यैर्दृष्टो विनाशयति नूनम्। एकादशभिर्वर्षैर्देवाङ्केऽपि स्थितं जातम्

raviṇā yuktaḥ śaśijo'saumyairdṛṣṭo vināśayati nūnam| ekādaśabhirvarṣairdevāṅke'pi sthitaṃ jātam

Mercury (śaśija, the Moon's son) joined with the Sun and aspected by non-benefics assuredly destroys the born one in eleven years — even ⟨though he be⟩ set in the lap of a god.

लग्ने रविमन्दकुजैः शुक्रगृहे सप्तमे शशी क्षीणः। दृष्टो न देवगुरुणा सप्तभिरब्दैर्विनाशयति

lagne ravimandakujaiḥ śukragṛhe saptame śaśī kṣīṇaḥ| dṛṣṭo na devaguruṇā saptabhirabdairvināśayati

With the Sun, Saturn and Mars in the lagna, and the waning Moon in the seventh, in a house of Venus, not aspected by Jupiter (devaguru) — ⟨this⟩ destroys ⟨the native⟩ in seven years.

केन्द्रे रविमुषिततनुः क्षितिसुतमन्दावलोकितोऽथ युतः। वर्षचतुष्के चन्द्रो मारयति किमत्र गणितेन

kendre ravimuṣitatanuḥ kṣitisutamandāvalokito'tha yutaḥ| varṣacatuṣke candro mārayati kimatra gaṇitena

The Moon in a kendra, its body robbed by the Sun ⟨combust⟩, aspected by Mars (kṣitisuta) and Saturn (manda) or joined ⟨with them⟩, kills within four years — what need of computation here?

लग्नाधिपतेश्चन्द्रो मरणपदस्थोऽति कृष्णतां यातः। क्रूरैः सकलैर्दृष्टो न शुभैः सर्वैस्त्रिभिस्तु मारयति

lagnādhipateścandro maraṇapadastho'ti kṛṣṇatāṃ yātaḥ| krūraiḥ sakalairdṛṣṭo na śubhaiḥ sarvaistribhistu mārayati

The Moon standing in the death-place (the 8th) from the lord of the lagna, gone to utter blackness, aspected by all the malefics and by none of the benefics, kills within three ⟨years⟩.

लग्नाधिपतिः पापः शशिनोंशे रिःफगो यदि च चन्द्रात्। क्रूरैर्विलोक्यमानो मारयति शिशुं नवभिरब्दैः

lagnādhipatiḥ pāpaḥ śaśinoṃśe riḥphago yadi ca candrāt| krūrairvilokyamāno mārayati śiśuṃ navabhirabdaiḥ

If the lord of the lagna is a malefic, ⟨placed⟩ in an aṃśa of the Moon, and stands in the 12th (riḥpha) from the Moon, being aspected by malefics — it kills the child within nine years.

दर्शनभागे सौम्याः क्रूराश्चादृश्यके प्रसवकाले। राहुर्लग्नोपगतो यमक्षयं नयति पञ्चभिर्वर्षैः

darśanabhāge saumyāḥ krūrāścādṛśyake prasavakāle| rāhurlagnopagato yamakṣayaṃ nayati pañcabhirvarṣaiḥ

At the time of birth the benefics in the visible portion and the malefics in the invisible, and Rāhu gone to the lagna — ⟨he⟩ leads ⟨the child⟩ to Yama's abode within five years.

राहुः सप्तमभवने शशिसूर्यनिरीक्षितो न शुभदृष्टः। दशभिर्द्वाभ्यां सहितैरब्दैर्जातं विनाशयति

rāhuḥ saptamabhavane śaśisūryanirīkṣito na śubhadṛṣṭaḥ| daśabhirdvābhyāṃ sahitairabdairjātaṃ vināśayati

Rāhu in the seventh house, aspected by the Moon and the Sun and not aspected by benefics, destroys the born one in ten years together with two ⟨twelve⟩.

घटसिंहवृश्चिकोदयकृतस्थितिर्जीवितं हरति राहुः। पापैर्निरीक्ष्यमाणः सप्तमितैर्निश्चितं वर्षैः

ghaṭasiṃhavṛścikodayakṛtasthitirjīvitaṃ harati rāhuḥ| pāpairnirīkṣyamāṇaḥ saptamitairniścitaṃ varṣaiḥ

Rāhu, having made his station in the rising of Aquarius, Leo or Scorpio, and aspected by malefics, takes away life in seven years for certain.

केतोरुदयः पूर्वं पश्चादुल्कादिपवननिर्घाताः। रौद्रे सार्पमुहूर्ते प्राणैः सन्त्यज्यते जन्तुः

ketorudayaḥ pūrvaṃ paścādulkādipavananirghātāḥ| raudre sārpamuhūrte prāṇaiḥ santyajyate jantuḥ

⟨When⟩ the rising of a comet ⟨comes⟩ first and afterwards meteors and the like, gales and thunderclaps, ⟨and the birth falls⟩ in the Raudra ⟨and⟩ Sārpa muhūrta — the creature is forsaken by its vital breaths.

क्षीणं यदा शशाङ्कं पश्येद्राहुः समागतं पापैः। मारयति तदा दिवसैर्निर्व्याजं कतिपयैरेव

kṣīṇaṃ yadā śaśāṅkaṃ paśyedrāhuḥ samāgataṃ pāpaiḥ| mārayati tadā divasairnirvyājaṃ katipayaireva

When Rāhu aspects the waning Moon that has come together with malefics, then it kills, without dissembling, in a mere few days.

कुम्भे दिशति शशाङ्को भागे मृत्युं तथैकविंशाख्ये। सिंहे च पञ्चमेंऽशे वृषे च नवमे तथैवोक्तः

kumbhe diśati śaśāṅko bhāge mṛtyuṃ tathaikaviṃśākhye| siṃhe ca pañcameṃ'śe vṛṣe ca navame tathaivoktaḥ

In Aquarius the Moon indicates death in the degree named the twenty-first; and in Leo in the fifth aṃśa, and in Taurus in the ninth, ⟨it is⟩ declared just so.

अलिनि त्रिविंशयुक्ते मेषे च तथाष्टमे दिशति। मृत्युम्। कर्कटके द्वाविंशे तुलिनि चतुर्थे मृगे विंशे

alini triviṃśayukte meṣe ca tathāṣṭame diśati| mṛtyum| karkaṭake dvāviṃśe tulini caturthe mṛge viṃśe

In Scorpio (ali), ⟨the Moon⟩ being joined with the twenty-third, and in Aries likewise at the eighth, it indicates death; in Cancer at the twenty-second, in Libra (tulin) at the fourth, in Capricorn (mṛga) at the twentieth.

कन्यायां प्रथमेंशे धनुर्धरेऽष्टादशे झषे दशमे। मिथुने च द्वाविंशे शशी प्रसूतस्य मरणकरः

kanyāyāṃ prathameṃśe dhanurdhare'ṣṭādaśe jhaṣe daśame| mithune ca dvāviṃśe śaśī prasūtasya maraṇakaraḥ

In Virgo at the first aṃśa, in Sagittarius (dhanurdhara) at the eighteenth, in Pisces (jhaṣa) at the tenth, and in Gemini at the twenty-second — the Moon brings about the death of the newborn.

ये भुक्ताः शशिनोंशा जन्मनि वर्षैर्गतैस्तु तावद्भिः। मरणं हि जन्मभाजामप्यन्तकबद्धरक्षाणाम्

ye bhuktāḥ śaśinoṃśā janmani varṣairgataistu tāvadbhiḥ| maraṇaṃ hi janmabhājāmapyantakabaddharakṣāṇām

Whatever aṃśas ⟨degrees⟩ of the Moon are elapsed at birth — by just so many years gone by ⟨comes⟩ death for those so born, even for those whose protection is bound ⟨against⟩ Antaka ⟨Death⟩.

एवं सर्वप्रयत्नेन जायमानस्य देहिनः। होरास्थानानि केन्द्राणि चिन्तनीयानि तद्यथा

evaṃ sarvaprayatnena jāyamānasya dehinaḥ| horāsthānāni kendrāṇi cintanīyāni tadyathā

Thus, with all effort, for the embodied one being born the horā-places and the kendras are to be considered — as follows.

चिन्तयेज्जायमानस्य स्थानराशिषु नित्यशः। बृहस्पतिर्नृणां जीवस्तस्य नित्यं बृहस्पतेः

cintayejjāyamānasya sthānarāśiṣu nityaśaḥ| bṛhaspatirnṛṇāṃ jīvastasya nityaṃ bṛhaspateḥ

For the one being born, one should consider ⟨the grahas⟩ constantly in the rāśis of ⟨their⟩ places. Bṛhaspati ⟨Jupiter⟩ is the life (jīva) of men — his ⟨span⟩, always, ⟨is reckoned⟩ from Bṛhaspati.

पञ्चदशषट्समेतश्चत्वारिंशत्तथैक विंशच्च। शतमथ चत्वारिंशत् षष्टिस्त्रिंशत क्रमायु होरायाः

pañcadaśaṣaṭsametaścatvāriṃśattathaika viṃśacca| śatamatha catvāriṃśat ṣaṣṭistriṃśata kramāyu horāyāḥ

Fifteen joined with six, forty, and likewise twenty-one; then a hundred, forty, sixty, thirty — ⟨these are⟩ the life-spans for the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩, in order.

तृतीयचतुर्थपञ्चमसप्तमनवमदशमैकादशगृहेषु जीवस्थितौ वर्षाः

tṛtīyacaturthapañcamasaptamanavamadaśamaikādaśagṛheṣu jīvasthitau varṣāḥ

⟨These are⟩ the years when Jupiter (jīva) is placed in the third, fourth, fifth, seventh, ninth, tenth and eleventh houses.

संभूतारिष्टाख्या भङ्गस्तेषां यथा भवेद्योगैः। तानागमतो वक्ष्ये प्रधानभूता यतस्तेऽत्र

saṃbhūtāriṣṭākhyā bhaṅgasteṣāṃ yathā bhavedyogaiḥ| tānāgamato vakṣye pradhānabhūtā yataste'tra

The ariṣṭas that have arisen ⟨and⟩ how their cancellation (bhaṅga) comes about through ⟨other⟩ yogas — these I shall declare as they are handed down (āgamataḥ), since they are of chief importance here.

उडुपतिकृतरिष्टानां भङ्गस्तावन्निरूप्यते पूर्वम्। सम्यक् शेषाणामपि यथामतं ब्रह्मपूर्वाणाम्

uḍupatikṛtariṣṭānāṃ bhaṅgastāvannirūpyate pūrvam| samyak śeṣāṇāmapi yathāmataṃ brahmapūrvāṇām

First, then, the cancellation of the ariṣṭas caused by the lord of the lunar mansions ⟨the Moon⟩ is set forth; and duly of the rest as well, according to the doctrine of Brahmā and the ⟨teachers before him⟩.

सर्वैर्गगनभ्रमणैर्दृष्टश्चन्द्रो विनाशयति रिष्टम्। आपूर्यमाणमूर्तिर्यथा नृपः सन्नयेद्द्वेषम्

sarvairgaganabhramaṇairdṛṣṭaścandro vināśayati riṣṭam| āpūryamāṇamūrtiryathā nṛpaḥ sannayeddveṣam

The Moon, aspected by all the sky-roamers ⟨the grahas⟩ and with his body waxing, destroys the ariṣṭa — as a king puts down enmity.

चन्द्रः सम्पूर्णतनुः शुक्रेण निरीक्षितः सुहृद्भागे। रिष्टहराणां श्रेष्ठो वातहराणां यथा बस्तिः

candraḥ sampūrṇatanuḥ śukreṇa nirīkṣitaḥ suhṛdbhāge| riṣṭaharāṇāṃ śreṣṭho vātaharāṇāṃ yathā bastiḥ

The Moon with his body full, aspected by Śukra ⟨Venus⟩, in the division (bhāga) of a friend, is the foremost of the removers of ariṣṭa — as the basti ⟨enema⟩ is foremost among the removers of vāta ⟨wind⟩.

परमोच्चे शिशिरतनुर्भृगुतनयनिरीक्षितो हरति रिष्टम्। सम्यग्विरेकवमनं कफपित्तानां यथादोषम्

paramocce śiśiratanurbhṛgutanayanirīkṣito harati riṣṭam| samyagvirekavamanaṃ kaphapittānāṃ yathādoṣam

At exact exaltation (paramocca) the cool-bodied one ⟨the Moon⟩, aspected by the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus⟩, carries off the ariṣṭa — as purgation and emesis, rightly ⟨administered⟩, ⟨carry off⟩ kapha and pitta, each according to its doṣa.

चन्द्रः शुभवर्गस्थः क्षीणोऽपि शुभेक्षितो हरति रिष्टम्। जलमिव महातिसारं जातीफलवल्कलक्वथितम्

candraḥ śubhavargasthaḥ kṣīṇo'pi śubhekṣito harati riṣṭam| jalamiva mahātisāraṃ jātīphalavalkalakvathitam

The Moon standing in a benefic's varga, though waning, if aspected by benefics carries off the ariṣṭa — as water boiled with the rind of nutmeg ⟨carries off⟩ severe dysentery.

सप्ताष्टमषष्ठस्थाः शशिनः सौम्या हरन्त्यरिष्टफलम्। पापैरमिश्रचाराः कल्याणघृतं यथोन्मादम्

saptāṣṭamaṣaṣṭhasthāḥ śaśinaḥ saumyā harantyariṣṭaphalam| pāpairamiśracārāḥ kalyāṇaghṛtaṃ yathonmādam

Benefics standing in the 7th, 8th and 6th from the Moon, their courses unmixed with malefics, carry off the fruit of the ariṣṭa — as kalyāṇa ghee ⟨carries off⟩ madness.

युक्तः शुभफलदायिभिरिन्दुः सौम्यैर्निहन्त्यरिष्टानि। तेषामेव त्र्यंशे लवणविमिश्रं घृतं नयनरोगम्

yuktaḥ śubhaphaladāyibhirinduḥ saumyairnihantyariṣṭāni| teṣāmeva tryaṃśe lavaṇavimiśraṃ ghṛtaṃ nayanarogam

The Moon joined with benefics that give auspicious results, or ⟨placed⟩ in the tryaṃśa ⟨drekkāṇa⟩ of those very ones, destroys the ariṣṭas — as ghee mixed with salt ⟨destroys⟩ disease of the eyes.

आपूर्यमाणमूर्तिर्द्वादशभागे शुभस्य यदि चन्द्रः। रिष्टं नयति विनाशं तक्राभ्यासो यथा गुदजम्

āpūryamāṇamūrtirdvādaśabhāge śubhasya yadi candraḥ| riṣṭaṃ nayati vināśaṃ takrābhyāso yathā gudajam

If the Moon, with his body waxing, is in the twelfth-part (dvādaśāṃśa) of a benefic, he brings the ariṣṭa to destruction — as the habitual use of buttermilk ⟨brings⟩ piles ⟨to destruction⟩.

सौम्यक्षेत्रे चन्द्रो होरापतिना विलोकितो हन्ति। रिष्टं न वीक्षितोऽन्यैः कुलाङ्गना कुलमिवान्यगता

saumyakṣetre candro horāpatinā vilokito hanti| riṣṭaṃ na vīkṣito'nyaiḥ kulāṅganā kulamivānyagatā

The Moon in a benefic's sign (kṣetra), aspected by the lord of the horā ⟨the ascendant⟩ and not aspected by others, kills the ariṣṭa — as a woman of family, gone to another ⟨man⟩, kills her family.

क्रूरभवने शशाङ्को भवनेशनिरीक्षितस्तदनुवर्गे। रक्षति शिशुं प्रजातं कृपण इव धनं प्रयत्नेन

krūrabhavane śaśāṅko bhavaneśanirīkṣitastadanuvarge| rakṣati śiśuṃ prajātaṃ kṛpaṇa iva dhanaṃ prayatnena

The Moon in a malefic's house, aspected by the lord of that house and ⟨standing⟩ in a varga belonging to it, guards the child that is born, with effort — as a miser ⟨guards⟩ his wealth.

जन्माधिपतिर्बलवान् सुहृद्भिरभिवीक्षितः शुभैर्भङ्गम्। रिष्टस्य करोति सदा भीरुरिव प्राप्तसंग्रामः

janmādhipatirbalavān suhṛdbhirabhivīkṣitaḥ śubhairbhaṅgam| riṣṭasya karoti sadā bhīruriva prāptasaṃgrāmaḥ

The lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ (janmādhipati), strong and aspected by friendly benefics, always effects the breaking (bhaṅga) of the ariṣṭa — as a coward, on reaching battle, ⟨effects a rout⟩.

जन्माधिपतिर्लग्ने दृष्टः सर्वैर्विनाशयति रिष्टम्। घृष्टोषणविदलाभ्यां प्रत्येककृताञ्जनं यथा शुक्लम्

janmādhipatirlagne dṛṣṭaḥ sarvairvināśayati riṣṭam| ghṛṣṭoṣaṇavidalābhyāṃ pratyekakṛtāñjanaṃ yathā śuklam

The lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ standing in the lagna, aspected by all, destroys the ariṣṭa — as a collyrium made from ground pepper (uṣaṇa) and from vidala, each ⟨prepared⟩ singly, ⟨destroys⟩ the white ⟨film of the eye⟩.

स्वोच्चस्थस्वगृहेऽथवापि सुहृदां वर्गेऽपि सौम्येऽथवा संपूर्णः शुभवीक्षितः शशधरो वर्गे स्वकीयेऽथवा। शत्रूणामवलोकने न पतितः पापैरयुक्तेक्षितो रिष्टं हन्ति सुदुस्तरं दिनपतिः प्रालेयराशिं यथा

svoccasthasvagṛhe'thavāpi suhṛdāṃ varge'pi saumye'thavā saṃpūrṇaḥ śubhavīkṣitaḥ śaśadharo varge svakīye'thavā| śatrūṇāmavalokane na patitaḥ pāpairayuktekṣito riṣṭaṃ hanti sudustaraṃ dinapatiḥ prāleyarāśiṃ yathā

Standing in his own exaltation, or in his own house, or in the varga of friends, or in a benefic's ⟨varga⟩, or again in his own varga; full, aspected by benefics, not fallen under the gaze of enemies, neither joined by malefics nor aspected by them — the Moon kills the ariṣṭa, however hard to cross, as the lord of day ⟨the Sun⟩ ⟨melts away⟩ a heap of snow.

शशिनोऽन्त्ये बुधसितयोराये क्रूरेषु वाक्पतौ गगने। दुरितं चातुर्थिकमिव नश्यति मुनिकुसुमरसनस्यैः

śaśino'ntye budhasitayorāye krūreṣu vākpatau gagane| duritaṃ cāturthikamiva naśyati munikusumarasanasyaiḥ

⟨With⟩ malefics in the last ⟨the 12th⟩ from the Moon and in the 11th (āya) from Mercury and Venus, and Vākpati ⟨Jupiter⟩ in the sky-place ⟨the 10th⟩, the evil perishes — as the quartan ⟨fever perishes⟩ by nasal drops of the juice of the muni's flower.

लग्नेश्वरस्य चन्द्रः षट्त्रिदशायहिबुकेषु शुभदृष्टः। क्षपयति समस्तरिष्टान्यनुयाते नृपतिरोध इव

lagneśvarasya candraḥ ṣaṭtridaśāyahibukeṣu śubhadṛṣṭaḥ| kṣapayati samastariṣṭānyanuyāte nṛpatirodha iva

The Moon in the 6th, 3rd, 10th, 11th (āya) or 4th (hibuka) from the lord of the lagna, aspected by benefics, wipes out all the ariṣṭas — as a king's restraint ⟨is lifted⟩ when ⟨he⟩ is attended upon.

एको जन्माधिपतिः परिपूर्णबलः शुभैर्दृष्टः। हन्ति निशाकररिष्टं व्याघ्र इव मृगान् वने मत्तः

eko janmādhipatiḥ paripūrṇabalaḥ śubhairdṛṣṭaḥ| hanti niśākarariṣṭaṃ vyāghra iva mṛgān vane mattaḥ

The lord of the birth ⟨sign⟩ alone, of full strength and aspected by benefics, kills the ariṣṭa caused by the Moon (niśākara) — as a tiger in rut ⟨kills⟩ deer in the forest.

पक्षे सिते भवति जन्म यदि क्षपायां कृष्णेऽथवाऽहनि शुभाशुभदृश्यमानः। तं चन्द्रमा रिपुविनाशगतोऽपि यत्नादापत्सु रक्षति पितेव शिशुं न हन्ति

pakṣe site bhavati janma yadi kṣapāyāṃ kṛṣṇe'thavā'hani śubhāśubhadṛśyamānaḥ| taṃ candramā ripuvināśagato'pi yatnādāpatsu rakṣati piteva śiśuṃ na hanti

If the birth falls in the bright fortnight at night, or in the dark ⟨fortnight⟩ by day, and the Moon is aspected by benefics and malefics ⟨alike⟩ — then the Moon, though gone to the 6th ⟨ripu⟩ or the 8th ⟨vināśa⟩, guards that child with effort amid calamities, like a father, and does not kill ⟨it⟩.

सर्वातिशाय्यति बलः स्फुरदंशुमाली लग्ने स्थितः प्रशमयेत् सुरराजमन्त्री। एको बहूनि दुरितानि सुदुस्तराणि भक्त्या प्रयुक्त इव चक्रधरे प्रणामः

sarvātiśāyyati balaḥ sphuradaṃśumālī lagne sthitaḥ praśamayet surarājamantrī| eko bahūni duritāni sudustarāṇi bhaktyā prayukta iva cakradhare praṇāmaḥ

Jupiter, the counsellor of the king of the gods, surpassing all ⟨others⟩ and exceedingly strong, his rays flashing, standing in the lagna, alone quells many evils that are very hard to pass beyond — as does a single obeisance offered with devotion to the Discus-bearer ⟨Viṣṇu⟩.

सौम्यग्रहैरतिबलैर्विबलैश्च पापैर्लग्नं च सौम्यभवने शुभदृष्टियुक्तम्। सर्वापदाविरहितो भवति प्रसूतः पूजाकरः खलु यथा दुरितैर्ग्रहाणाम्

saumyagrahairatibalairvibalaiśca pāpairlagnaṃ ca saumyabhavane śubhadṛṣṭiyuktam| sarvāpadāvirahito bhavati prasūtaḥ pūjākaraḥ khalu yathā duritairgrahāṇām

⟨When⟩ the benefic grahas are exceedingly strong and the malefics without strength, and the lagna is in a benefic's house and joined with benefic aspect, the one born is free of every calamity — just as he who does worship ⟨is free⟩ of the evils of the grahas.

पापा यदि शुभवर्गे सौम्यैर्दृष्टाः शुभांशवर्गस्थैः। निघ्नन्ति तथा रिष्टं पतिं विरक्ता यथा युवतिः

pāpā yadi śubhavarge saumyairdṛṣṭāḥ śubhāṃśavargasthaiḥ| nighnanti tathā riṣṭaṃ patiṃ viraktā yathā yuvatiḥ

If malefics stand in a benefic's varga and are aspected by benefics who themselves stand in benefic aṃśa-vargas, they slay the ariṣṭa — as a young wife turned against him slays her husband.

राहुस्त्रिषष्ठलाभे लग्नात् सौम्यैर्निरीक्षितः सद्यः। नाशयति सर्वदुरितं मारुत इव तूलसंघातम्

rāhustriṣaṣṭhalābhe lagnāt saumyairnirīkṣitaḥ sadyaḥ| nāśayati sarvaduritaṃ māruta iva tūlasaṃghātam

Rāhu in the 3rd, the 6th or the 11th (lābha) from the lagna, aspected by benefics, destroys all evil on the instant — as the wind ⟨scatters⟩ a mass of cotton.

शीर्षोदयेषु राशिषु सर्वैर्गगनाधिवासिभिः सूतौ। प्रकृतिस्थैश्चारिष्टं विक्रियते घृतमिवाग्निष्ठम्

śīrṣodayeṣu rāśiṣu sarvairgaganādhivāsibhiḥ sūtau| prakṛtisthaiścāriṣṭaṃ vikriyate ghṛtamivāgniṣṭham

⟨When⟩ at the birth all the sky-dwellers ⟨the grahas⟩ are in head-rising signs and in their natural state, the ariṣṭa is sold away — as ghee set upon the fire ⟨is spent⟩.

तत्काले यदि विजयी शुभग्रहः शुभनिरीक्षितो वर्गे। तर्जयति सर्वरिष्टं मारुत इव पादपान् प्रबलः

tatkāle yadi vijayī śubhagrahaḥ śubhanirīkṣito varge| tarjayati sarvariṣṭaṃ māruta iva pādapān prabalaḥ

If at that time a benefic graha is victorious, and it stands in a ⟨benefic's⟩ varga aspected by a benefic, it cows every ariṣṭa — as a mighty wind ⟨cows⟩ the trees.

परिविष्टो गगनचरः क्रूरैश्च विलोकिते हरति पापम्। स्नानं सन्निहितानां कृतं यथा भास्करग्रहणे

pariviṣṭo gaganacaraḥ krūraiśca vilokite harati pāpam| snānaṃ sannihitānāṃ kṛtaṃ yathā bhāskaragrahaṇe

A sky-goer ⟨a graha⟩ ringed by a halo, though it be looked upon by malefics, carries off the evil — as a bath taken by those standing near ⟨the water⟩ at an eclipse of the Sun ⟨carries off sin⟩.

स्निग्धमृदुपवनभाजो जलदाश्च तथैव खेचराः शस्ताः। स्वस्थाः क्षणाच्च रिष्टं शमयन्ति रजो यथाम्बुधारौघः

snigdhamṛdupavanabhājo jaladāśca tathaiva khecarāḥ śastāḥ| svasthāḥ kṣaṇācca riṣṭaṃ śamayanti rajo yathāmbudhāraughaḥ

Clouds that take a smooth and gentle breeze, and likewise sky-goers ⟨the grahas⟩ commended and in their own condition, quell the ariṣṭa in an instant — as a flood of falling water ⟨lays⟩ the dust.

उदये चागस्त्यमुनेः सप्तर्षीणां मरीचिपुत्राणाम्। सर्वारिष्टं नश्यति तम इव सूर्योदये जगतः

udaye cāgastyamuneḥ saptarṣīṇāṃ marīciputrāṇām| sarvāriṣṭaṃ naśyati tama iva sūryodaye jagataḥ

And at the rising of the sage Agastya ⟨Canopus⟩ and of the Seven Ṛṣis, the sons of Marīci, every ariṣṭa perishes — as the darkness of the world ⟨perishes⟩ at sunrise.

अजवृषकर्किविलग्ने रक्षति राहुः समस्तपीडाभ्यः। पृथ्वीपतिः प्रसन्नः कृतापराधं यथा पुरुषम्

ajavṛṣakarkivilagne rakṣati rāhuḥ samastapīḍābhyaḥ| pṛthvīpatiḥ prasannaḥ kṛtāparādhaṃ yathā puruṣam

With Aja ⟨Aries⟩, Vṛṣa ⟨Taurus⟩ or Karki ⟨Cancer⟩ as the lagna, Rāhu ⟨there⟩ guards ⟨the native⟩ from all afflictions — as a king, well pleased, ⟨guards⟩ a man who has done wrong.

यातैस्त्रिभागमपरैः सरोजजन्मापि विस्मयं कुरुते। भञ्जयति काष्ठमरिष्टं समतटदेशे यथा करभः

yātaistribhāgamaparaiḥ sarojajanmāpi vismayaṃ kurute| bhañjayati kāṣṭhamariṣṭaṃ samataṭadeśe yathā karabhaḥ

The rest ⟨of the grahas⟩ having gone a third part ⟨of a sign⟩, even the Lotus-born ⟨Brahmā⟩ marvels: ⟨that⟩ shatters the ariṣṭa as a camel ⟨shatters⟩ a stick in level river-bank country.

बहवो यदि शुभफलदाः खेटास्तत्रापि शीर्यते रिष्टम्। सूर्यात् त्रिकोण इन्दौ यथैव यात्रा नरेन्द्रस्य

bahavo yadi śubhaphaladāḥ kheṭāstatrāpi śīryate riṣṭam| sūryāt trikoṇa indau yathaiva yātrā narendrasya

If many khetas ⟨grahas⟩ are givers of auspicious fruit, then there too the ariṣṭa falls to pieces; ⟨so also⟩ with the Moon in a trikoṇa from the Sun — exactly as for a king's expedition.

गुरुशुक्रौ च केन्द्रस्थौ जीवेद्वर्षशतं नरः। गृहानिष्टं हिनस्त्याशु चन्द्रानिष्टं तथैव च

guruśukrau ca kendrasthau jīvedvarṣaśataṃ naraḥ| gṛhāniṣṭaṃ hinastyāśu candrāniṣṭaṃ tathaiva ca

And ⟨if⟩ Jupiter and Venus stand in kendras, a man lives a hundred years: ⟨that⟩ swiftly destroys the evil ⟨arising⟩ from the house, and the evil ⟨arising⟩ from the Moon likewise.

बन्ध्वास्पदोदयविलग्नगतौ कुलीरे गीर्वाणनाथसचिवः सकलश्च चंद्रः। जूके रवीन्दुतनयावपरे च लाभे दुश्चिक्यशत्रुभवनेष्वमितं तदायुः

bandhvāspadodayavilagnagatau kulīre gīrvāṇanāthasacivaḥ sakalaśca caṃdraḥ| jūke ravīndutanayāvapare ca lābhe duścikyaśatrubhavaneṣvamitaṃ tadāyuḥ

Jupiter, the counsellor of the lord of the gods, and the Moon in her fullness gone in Kulīra ⟨Cancer⟩ to the 4th (bandhu), the 10th (āspada) or the rising lagna; Saturn and Mercury ⟨the sons of the Sun and of the Moon⟩ in Jūka ⟨Libra⟩; and the rest in the 11th (lābha), or in the houses of the 3rd (duścikya) and the 6th (śatru) — then his life is beyond measure.

एते सर्वे भङ्गा मया निरुक्ताः पुरातनाः सिद्धाः। यैर्ज्ञातैर्दैवविदो नरेन्द्रवाल्लभ्यमायान्ति

ete sarve bhaṅgā mayā niruktāḥ purātanāḥ siddhāḥ| yairjñātairdaivavido narendravāllabhyamāyānti

All these bhaṅgas ⟨cancellations⟩ have been declared by me — ancient and proven — by the knowing of which those versed in fate come to be the favourites of kings.

सुनफाऽनफादुरुधरा भवन्ति योगाः क्रमेण रविरहितैः। वित्तान्त्योभयसंस्थैः कैरववनबान्धवाद्विहगैः

sunaphā'naphādurudharā bhavanti yogāḥ krameṇa ravirahitaiḥ| vittāntyobhayasaṃsthaiḥ kairavavanabāndhavādvihagaiḥ

Sunaphā, Anaphā and Durudharā are the yogas that arise, in that order, from the grahas (sky-goers), the Sun excepted, standing in the ⟨house of⟩ wealth (the 2nd), in the last ⟨house⟩ (the 12th), and in both — ⟨reckoned⟩ from the kinsman of the white-lily groves, ⟨the Moon⟩.

एते न यदा योगाः केन्द्रग्रहवर्जितः शशाङ्कश्च। केमद्रुमोऽतिकष्टः शशिनि समस्तग्रहादृष्टे

ete na yadā yogāḥ kendragrahavarjitaḥ śaśāṅkaśca| kemadrumo'tikaṣṭaḥ śaśini samastagrahādṛṣṭe

When these yogas are not ⟨present⟩, and the Moon is bereft of a graha in the kendras, and the Moon is unaspected by all the grahas — ⟨then arises⟩ Kemadruma, exceedingly grievous.

सुनफानफासरूपास्त्रिंशद्योगा स्त्रिसंगुणा षष्टिः । संख्या दौरुधराणां प्रस्तारविधौ समाख्याताः

sunaphānaphāsarūpāstriṃśadyogā strisaṃguṇā ṣaṣṭiḥ | saṃkhyā daurudharāṇāṃ prastāravidhau samākhyātāḥ

Sunaphā and Anaphā, being of one and the same form, are thirty yogas ⟨each⟩; the number of the Durudharās is sixty taken three times ⟨one hundred and eighty⟩ — thus are they enumerated in the method of permutation (prastāra).

श्रीमान् स्वबाहुविभवो बहुधर्मशीलः शास्त्रार्थविद्बहुयशाः सुगुणाभिरामः। शान्तः सुखी क्षितिपतिः सचिवोऽथ वा स्यात् सूतः पुमान् विपुलधीः सुनफाभिधाने

śrīmān svabāhuvibhavo bahudharmaśīlaḥ śāstrārthavidbahuyaśāḥ suguṇābhirāmaḥ| śāntaḥ sukhī kṣitipatiḥ sacivo'tha vā syāt sūtaḥ pumān vipuladhīḥ sunaphābhidhāne

In the ⟨yoga⟩ named Sunaphā the man born is prosperous, his wealth won by his own arm, much given to righteous conduct, knowing the meaning of the śāstras, of great fame, delightful with good qualities, calm, happy, of ample intellect — and he becomes a ruler of the earth, or else a minister.

वाग्मी प्रभुर्द्रविणवानगदः सुशीलो भोक्तान्नपानकुसुमाम्बरभामिनीनाम्। ख्यातः समाहितगुणः सुखशस्तचित्तो योगे निशाकरकृते त्वनफे सुवेषः

vāgmī prabhurdraviṇavānagadaḥ suśīlo bhoktānnapānakusumāmbarabhāminīnām| khyātaḥ samāhitaguṇaḥ sukhaśastacitto yoge niśākarakṛte tvanaphe suveṣaḥ

Eloquent, a master, wealthy, free of disease, of good character, an enjoyer of food, drink, flowers, garments and beautiful women; renowned, of well-gathered qualities, happy and of commended mind, and finely attired — in the Anaphā yoga formed by the Moon.

वाग्बुद्धिविक्रमगुणैः प्रथितः पृथिव्यां स्वातन्त्र्यसौख्यधनवाहनभोगभोगी। दाता कुटुम्बधनपोषणलब्धखेदः सद्वृत्तवान् दुरुधराप्रभवो धुरिस्थः

vāgbuddhivikramaguṇaiḥ prathitaḥ pṛthivyāṃ svātantryasaukhyadhanavāhanabhogabhogī| dātā kuṭumbadhanapoṣaṇalabdhakhedaḥ sadvṛttavān durudharāprabhavo dhuristhaḥ

Renowned upon the earth for the qualities of speech, intellect and valour; an enjoyer of independence, comfort, wealth, vehicles and pleasures; a giver; wearied by the maintaining of family and wealth; of good conduct — such is he who is born of Durudharā, and he stands at the head ⟨of affairs⟩.

कान्तान्नपानगृहवस्त्रसुहृद्विहीनो दारिद्र्यदुःखगददैन्यमलैरुपेतः। प्रेष्यः खलः सकललोकविरुद्धवृत्तिः केमद्रुमे भवति पार्थिववंशजोऽपि

kāntānnapānagṛhavastrasuhṛdvihīno dāridryaduḥkhagadadainyamalairupetaḥ| preṣyaḥ khalaḥ sakalalokaviruddhavṛttiḥ kemadrume bhavati pārthivavaṃśajo'pi

Bereft of wife, of food, of drink, of house, of clothing and of friends; beset with poverty, sorrow, disease, wretchedness and filth; a menial, base, his conduct set against the whole world — so does a man become in Kemadruma, even though born of a royal line.

केन्द्रादि स्थैर्ग्रहैर्योगाः कीर्तिता येऽनफादयः। ते प्रधानाः समा ह्रस्वाश्चन्द्ररूपाश्च चिन्तयेत्

kendrādi sthairgrahairyogāḥ kīrtitā ye'naphādayaḥ| te pradhānāḥ samā hrasvāścandrarūpāśca cintayet

Those yogas beginning with Anaphā that are declared ⟨to be formed⟩ by grahas standing in a kendra and the rest — one should reckon them principal, middling and slight ⟨respectively⟩, and ⟨as taking⟩ the form of the Moon.

भौमादीनां बलं देशं जातस्य च कुलं बुधः। विज्ञाय प्रवदेत् सम्यक् सुनफादिकृतं फलम्

bhaumādīnāṃ balaṃ deśaṃ jātasya ca kulaṃ budhaḥ| vijñāya pravadet samyak sunaphādikṛtaṃ phalam

Having well understood the strength of Mars and the rest, the region ⟨of birth⟩ and the family of the native, the wise man should declare accurately the result produced by Sunaphā and the rest.

विक्रमवित्तप्रायो निष्ठुरवचनश्चमूपतिश्चण्डः। हिंस्रो दम्भविरोधी सुनफायां भौमसंयोगे

vikramavittaprāyo niṣṭhuravacanaścamūpatiścaṇḍaḥ| hiṃsro dambhavirodhī sunaphāyāṃ bhaumasaṃyoge

Mostly ⟨endowed⟩ with valour and wealth, harsh of speech, a commander of armies, fierce, given to violence, and set at odds ⟨with others⟩ through arrogance — when Mars is the graha joined ⟨to form⟩ the Sunaphā.

श्रुतिशास्त्रगेयकुशलो धर्मपरः काव्यकृन्मनस्वी च। सर्वहितो रुचिरतनुः सुनफायां सोमजे भवति

śrutiśāstrageyakuśalo dharmaparaḥ kāvyakṛnmanasvī ca| sarvahito ruciratanuḥ sunaphāyāṃ somaje bhavati

Skilled in śruti, in the śāstras and in song, devoted to dharma, a maker of poetry, high-minded, a well-wisher of all, of pleasing body — such he becomes when Mercury (soma-ja, the son of the Moon) makes the Sunaphā.

विद्याचार्यं ख्यातं नृपतिं नृपतिप्रियं वाऽपि। सुकुटुम्बधनसमृद्धं सुनफायां सुरगुरुः कुरुते

vidyācāryaṃ khyātaṃ nṛpatiṃ nṛpatipriyaṃ vā'pi| sukuṭumbadhanasamṛddhaṃ sunaphāyāṃ suraguruḥ kurute

Jupiter, the preceptor of the gods, in the Sunaphā makes ⟨the native⟩ a teacher of learning, renowned, a king or else dear to the king, and abounding in a good family and in wealth.

स्त्रीक्षेत्रवित्तविभवश्चतुष्पदाढ्यः सुविक्रमो भवति। नृपसत्कृतः सुधीरो दक्षः शुक्रेण सुनफायाम्

strīkṣetravittavibhavaścatuṣpadāḍhyaḥ suvikramo bhavati| nṛpasatkṛtaḥ sudhīro dakṣaḥ śukreṇa sunaphāyām

He has the affluence of women, of land and of riches, is rich in quadrupeds, of good valour, honoured by the king, very steadfast and adroit — through Venus in the Sunaphā.

निपुणमतिर्ग्रामपुरैर्नित्यं संपूजितो धनसमृद्धः। सुनफायां रविपुत्रे क्रियासु गुप्तो भवेद्धीरः

nipuṇamatirgrāmapurairnityaṃ saṃpūjito dhanasamṛddhaḥ| sunaphāyāṃ raviputre kriyāsu gupto bhaveddhīraḥ

Of skilful mind, ever honoured by villages and towns, abounding in wealth, secret in his undertakings, and steadfast — when Saturn, the son of the Sun, is in the Sunaphā.

चोरस्वामी धृष्टः स्ववशो मानी रणोत्कटः क्रोधी। श्रेष्ठः श्लाघ्यः सुतनुः कुजेनफायां सुलाभश्च

corasvāmī dhṛṣṭaḥ svavaśo mānī raṇotkaṭaḥ krodhī| śreṣṭhaḥ ślāghyaḥ sutanuḥ kujenaphāyāṃ sulābhaśca

A chief of thieves, bold, his own master, proud, formidable in battle, wrathful, eminent, praiseworthy, of fine body, and gaining well — with Mars in the Anaphā.

गान्धर्वलेखनपटुः कविः प्रवक्ता नृपाप्तसत्कारः। रुचिरतनुस्त्वनफायां प्रसिद्धकर्मा बुधेन भवेत्

gāndharvalekhanapaṭuḥ kaviḥ pravaktā nṛpāptasatkāraḥ| ruciratanustvanaphāyāṃ prasiddhakarmā budhena bhavet

Skilled in music (gāndharva) and in writing, a poet, an eloquent speaker, receiving honour from the king, of pleasing body, of famed deeds — such he becomes through Mercury in the Anaphā.

गाम्भीर्यसत्त्वमेधास्थानरतो बुद्धिमान् नृपाप्तयशाः। अनफायां त्रिदशगुरौ संजातः सत्कविर्भवति

gāmbhīryasattvamedhāsthānarato buddhimān nṛpāptayaśāḥ| anaphāyāṃ tridaśagurau saṃjātaḥ satkavirbhavati

Devoted to gravity, to courage, to intelligence and to ⟨high⟩ station, wise, winning fame from the king — one born ⟨with⟩ Jupiter, the preceptor of the thirty gods, in the Anaphā becomes a true poet.

युवतीनामतिसुभगः प्रणयी क्षितिपश्च गोपतिः ख्यातः। कान्तः कनकसमृद्धस्त्वनफायां भार्गवे भवति

yuvatīnāmatisubhagaḥ praṇayī kṣitipaśca gopatiḥ khyātaḥ| kāntaḥ kanakasamṛddhastvanaphāyāṃ bhārgave bhavati

Exceedingly favoured among young women, affectionate, a ruler of the earth and a lord of cattle, renowned, handsome, abounding in gold — such he becomes when Venus (Bhārgava) is in the Anaphā.

विस्तीर्णभुजो नेता गृहीतवाक्यश्चतुष्पदसमृद्धः। दुर्वनिताया भक्तो गुणसहितश्चार्कपुत्रेण

vistīrṇabhujo netā gṛhītavākyaścatuṣpadasamṛddhaḥ| durvanitāyā bhakto guṇasahitaścārkaputreṇa

Broad-armed, a leader, his word accepted, rich in quadrupeds, devoted to a bad woman, and endowed with good qualities — through Saturn, the son of the Sun, ⟨in the Anaphā⟩.

आनृतिको बहुवित्तो निपुणोऽतिशठोऽधिको लुब्धः। वृद्धासतीप्रसक्तः कुलाग्रणीः शशिनि भौमबुधमध्ये

ānṛtiko bahuvitto nipuṇo'tiśaṭho'dhiko lubdhaḥ| vṛddhāsatīprasaktaḥ kulāgraṇīḥ śaśini bhaumabudhamadhye

Untruthful, of much wealth, skilful, exceedingly crafty, greedy beyond measure, attached to old and unchaste women, ⟨yet⟩ foremost in his family — when the Moon is between Mars and Mercury.

ख्यातः कर्मसु विभवी बहुजनवैरस्त्वमर्षणो हृष्टः। कुलरक्षी कुजगुर्वोः संग्रहशीलः शशिनि मध्ये

khyātaḥ karmasu vibhavī bahujanavairastvamarṣaṇo hṛṣṭaḥ| kularakṣī kujagurvoḥ saṃgrahaśīlaḥ śaśini madhye

Renowned in his deeds, prosperous, at enmity with many people, impatient ⟨of affront⟩, cheerful, a protector of his family, of a gathering ⟨acquisitive⟩ disposition — when the Moon is in the middle of Mars and Jupiter.

उत्तमरामा सुभगो विवादशीलः शुचिर्भवेद्दक्षः। व्यायामी रणशूरः सितारयोर्मध्यगे चन्द्रे

uttamarāmā subhago vivādaśīlaḥ śucirbhaveddakṣaḥ| vyāyāmī raṇaśūraḥ sitārayormadhyage candre

He has an excellent wife, is fortunate, given to disputes, pure, adroit, athletic, a hero in battle — when the Moon goes in the middle of Venus and Mars.

कुत्सितयोषिद्रमणो बहुसंचयकारको व्यसनतप्तः। क्रोधी पिशुनो रिपुहा यमारयोः स्याद्दुरुधुरायाम्

kutsitayoṣidramaṇo bahusaṃcayakārako vyasanataptaḥ| krodhī piśuno ripuhā yamārayoḥ syāddurudhurāyām

He dallies with contemptible women, is a great hoarder, scorched by vice, wrathful, a slanderer, a slayer of foes — in the Durudharā of Saturn (Yama) and Mars (Āra).

धर्मपरः शास्त्रज्ञो वाचालः सत्कविर्धनोपेतः। त्यागयुतो विख्यातो बुधगुरुमध्ये स्थिते चन्द्रे

dharmaparaḥ śāstrajño vācālaḥ satkavirdhanopetaḥ| tyāgayuto vikhyāto budhagurumadhye sthite candre

Devoted to dharma, knowing the śāstras, talkative, a true poet, possessed of wealth, given to liberality, famous — when the Moon stands in the middle of Mercury and Jupiter.

प्रियवाक् सुभगः कान्तः प्रनृत्तगेयादिषु प्रियो भवति। सेव्यः शूरो मन्त्री बुधसितयोर्दुरुधुरायोगे

priyavāk subhagaḥ kāntaḥ pranṛttageyādiṣu priyo bhavati| sevyaḥ śūro mantrī budhasitayordurudhurāyoge

Sweet of speech, fortunate, handsome, dear to dancing, song and the like; worthy to be waited upon, brave, a counsellor — in the Durudharā yoga of Mercury and Venus.

देशाद्देशं गच्छति वित्तपरो नातिविद्यया सहितः। चन्द्रेऽन्येषां पूज्यः स्वजनविरोधी ज्ञमन्दयोर्मध्ये

deśāddeśaṃ gacchati vittaparo nātividyayā sahitaḥ| candre'nyeṣāṃ pūjyaḥ svajanavirodhī jñamandayormadhye

He goes from country to country, is bent upon wealth, not endowed with much learning, honoured by others ⟨strangers⟩ ⟨but⟩ hostile to his own people — when the Moon is in the middle of Mercury (jña) and Saturn (manda).

धृतिमेधाशौर्ययुतो नीतिज्ञः कनकरत्नपरिपूर्णः। ख्यातो नृपकृत्यकरो गुरुसितयोर्दुरुधुरायोगे

dhṛtimedhāśauryayuto nītijñaḥ kanakaratnaparipūrṇaḥ| khyāto nṛpakṛtyakaro gurusitayordurudhurāyoge

Endowed with steadfastness, intelligence and valour, knowing polity, filled with gold and jewels, renowned, a doer of the king's business — in the Durudharā yoga of Jupiter and Venus.

सुखनयविज्ञानयुतः प्रियवाग्विद्वान् धुरंधरोऽप्यार्यः। शान्तो धनी सुरूपश्चन्द्रे गुरुभानुजान्तस्थे

sukhanayavijñānayutaḥ priyavāgvidvān dhuraṃdharo'pyāryaḥ| śānto dhanī surūpaścandre gurubhānujāntasthe

Endowed with comfort, statecraft and discernment, sweet of speech, learned, a bearer of the yoke ⟨able to carry great charge⟩ and moreover noble, calm, wealthy, of fine form — when the Moon stands between Jupiter and Saturn (bhānuja, the son of the Sun).

वृद्धचरितं कुलाग्र्यं निपुणं स्त्रीवल्लभं धनसमृद्धम्। नृपसत्कृतं बहुधनं कुरुते चन्द्रः सितासितयोः

vṛddhacaritaṃ kulāgryaṃ nipuṇaṃ strīvallabhaṃ dhanasamṛddham| nṛpasatkṛtaṃ bahudhanaṃ kurute candraḥ sitāsitayoḥ

The Moon between Venus (sita, the bright one) and Saturn (asita, the dark one) makes ⟨the native⟩ one whose conduct is that of an elder, foremost in his family, skilful, beloved of women, abounding in wealth, honoured by the king, and possessed of much wealth.

सूर्यात् केन्द्रादिगतो निशाकरः स्वल्पमध्यभूयिष्ठान्। कुर्यात्क्रमेण धनधीनैपुणविज्ञानविनयांश्च

sūryāt kendrādigato niśākaraḥ svalpamadhyabhūyiṣṭhān| kuryātkrameṇa dhanadhīnaipuṇavijñānavinayāṃśca

The Moon, placed in a kendra and the rest ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Sun, produces, in that order, slight, middling and abundant wealth, intellect, skill, discernment and modesty.

औत्पातिकः कृशतनुर्निशि चाप्यदृश्यो दृश्यो दिवा शिशिरगुर्भयशोकदः स्यात्। एवं स्थितः समफलं पृथिवीपतित्वं यातोऽन्यथा प्रकुरुते परिपूर्णमूर्तिः

autpātikaḥ kṛśatanurniśi cāpyadṛśyo dṛśyo divā śiśiragurbhayaśokadaḥ syāt| evaṃ sthitaḥ samaphalaṃ pṛthivīpatitvaṃ yāto'nyathā prakurute paripūrṇamūrtiḥ

Portentous ⟨of aspect⟩, thin of body, invisible at night and yet visible by day — the cool-rayed one ⟨so seen⟩ would be a giver of fear and grief. So placed he yields an even ⟨middling⟩ fruit; but gone the other way, his orb quite full, he brings about lordship of the earth.

लग्नादुपचयसंस्थैः शुभैः समस्तैर्महाधनो द्वाभ्याम्। मध्यं चैकेनाधममेवं चन्द्रादपि तदूनः

lagnādupacayasaṃsthaiḥ śubhaiḥ samastairmahādhano dvābhyām| madhyaṃ caikenādhamamevaṃ candrādapi tadūnaḥ

With all the benefics standing in the upacaya ⟨houses — the 3rd, 6th, 10th and 11th⟩ from the lagna, ⟨the native is⟩ greatly wealthy; with two, middling; and with one, the lowest. So too ⟨reckoned⟩ from the Moon, but ⟨there he is⟩ less than that.

अधियोगादयोऽन्येऽपि मयात्रैव न कीर्तिताः। नृपयोगा यतस्ते हि वक्ष्ये तत्रैव तानहम्

adhiyogādayo'nye'pi mayātraiva na kīrtitāḥ| nṛpayogā yataste hi vakṣye tatraiva tānaham

The others too, beginning with the Adhiyoga, have not been recounted by me here; for they are indeed yogas ⟨that make⟩ kings, and I shall state them there itself.

सूर्याद्व्ययगैर्वाशिर्द्वितीयगैश्चन्द्रवर्जितैर्वेशिः। उभयस्थितैर्ग्रहेन्द्रैरुभयचरी नामतः प्रोक्ता

sūryādvyayagairvāśirdvitīyagaiścandravarjitairveśiḥ| ubhayasthitairgrahendrairubhayacarī nāmataḥ proktā

⟨Grahas⟩ standing in the twelfth from the Sun ⟨make⟩ vāśi; those standing in the second, the Moon excepted, ⟨make⟩ veśi; and when the lordly grahas stand in both, ⟨the yoga⟩ is declared by the name ubhayacarī.

मन्ददृशं स्थिरवचनं परिभूतपरिश्रमं नतोर्ध्वतनुम्। कथयति यवनाधिपतिर्वेशिसमुत्थं तथा पुरुषम्

mandadṛśaṃ sthiravacanaṃ paribhūtapariśramaṃ natordhvatanum| kathayati yavanādhipatirveśisamutthaṃ tathā puruṣam

Of dull gaze, steady in speech, making light of toil, his upper body bent — such is the man produced by veśi, so the lord of the Yavanas declares.

वसुसंचयवित्ससुहृत्सराद्वेशी सुरगुरौ भवति जातः। भीरुः कार्योद्विग्नो लघुचेष्टो भृगुसुते पराधीनः

vasusaṃcayavitsasuhṛtsarādveśī suragurau bhavati jātaḥ| bhīruḥ kāryodvigno laghuceṣṭo bhṛgusute parādhīnaḥ

⟨When⟩ the guru of the gods ⟨Jupiter stands in veśi⟩, one born under veśi has heaped-up wealth, riches and friends for his substance; ⟨when⟩ the son of Bhṛgu ⟨Venus does⟩, he is timid, anxious over his undertakings, trifling in his doings, and dependent on others.

परिकर्मको दरिद्रो मृदुर्विनीतो बुधे सलज्जश्च। मार्गलघुः क्षितिपुत्रे परोपकारी नरो वेशौ

parikarmako daridro mṛdurvinīto budhe salajjaśca| mārgalaghuḥ kṣitiputre paropakārī naro veśau

With Mercury ⟨in veśi the man is⟩ an attendant, poor, gentle, well-bred and modest; with the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩, swift upon the road ⟨and⟩ given to helping others — such is the man in veśi.

परदाररतश्चण्डो बह्वाकारः शठो घृणी। भवेन्मनुष्यः सधनो याते वेशिं शनैश्चरे

paradārarataścaṇḍo bahvākāraḥ śaṭho ghṛṇī| bhavenmanuṣyaḥ sadhano yāte veśiṃ śanaiścare

Given to other men's wives, fierce, of many forms, a cheat, ⟨yet⟩ compassionate — and the man becomes wealthy, when Saturn has gone into veśi.

उत्कृष्टवचाः स्मृतिमानुद्योगयुतो निरीक्षते तिर्यक्। सर्वशरीरे पृथुलो नृपतिसमः सात्त्विको वाशौ

utkṛṣṭavacāḥ smṛtimānudyogayuto nirīkṣate tiryak| sarvaśarīre pṛthulo nṛpatisamaḥ sāttviko vāśau

Of excellent speech, retentive of memory, joined with enterprise, he looks askance; broad in all his body, the equal of a king, and sāttvika ⟨of a pure disposition⟩ — ⟨such is the man born⟩ in vāśi.

धृतिसत्त्वबुद्धियुक्तो भवति गुरौ वाशिके वचनसारः। शूरः ख्यातो गुणवान् यशस्करो भार्गवे पुरुषः

dhṛtisattvabuddhiyukto bhavati gurau vāśike vacanasāraḥ| śūraḥ khyāto guṇavān yaśaskaro bhārgave puruṣaḥ

With Jupiter in vāśi ⟨the man⟩ is endowed with steadfastness, sattva and understanding, and his word carries substance; with Bhārgava ⟨Venus⟩ the man is brave, renowned, endowed with good qualities, and a maker of fame.

प्रियभाषी रुधिरतनुर्वाश्यां स्याद् बोधने पराज्ञाकृत्। सङ्ग्रामे विख्यातो भूमिसुते नान्यवाक्यश्च

priyabhāṣī rudhiratanurvāśyāṃ syād bodhane parājñākṛt| saṅgrāme vikhyāto bhūmisute nānyavākyaśca

In vāśi, with Mercury, ⟨the man⟩ is pleasant of speech, of a blood-red body, ⟨and⟩ carries out another's commands; with the son of the Earth ⟨Mars⟩ he is renowned in battle and ⟨obeys⟩ no other man's word.

वणिक् कुलस्वभावः स्यात्परद्रव्यापहारकः। गुरुद्वेषी सुनिस्त्रिंशो गते वाशिं शनैश्चरे

vaṇik kulasvabhāvaḥ syātparadravyāpahārakaḥ| gurudveṣī sunistriṃśo gate vāśiṃ śanaiścare

He would be a trader, of his own family's bent, a carrier-off of other men's goods, a hater of his gurus, and utterly merciless — when Saturn has gone into vāśi.

संनिरीक्ष्य रवेर्वीर्यं ग्रहाणां चापि तत्त्वतः। राश्यंशसङ्गमात्सर्वं फलं ब्रूयाद्विचक्षणः

saṃnirīkṣya ravervīryaṃ grahāṇāṃ cāpi tattvataḥ| rāśyaṃśasaṅgamātsarvaṃ phalaṃ brūyādvicakṣaṇaḥ

Having well examined the strength (vīrya) of the Sun, and of the grahas too, as it truly is, let the discerning one declare the whole result from the coming together of rāśi and aṃśa ⟨sign and divisional part⟩.

सर्वंसहः सुभद्रः समकायः सुस्थिरो विपुलसत्त्वः। नात्युच्चः परिपूर्णो विद्यायुक्तो भवेदुभयचर्याम्

sarvaṃsahaḥ subhadraḥ samakāyaḥ susthiro vipulasattvaḥ| nātyuccaḥ paripūrṇo vidyāyukto bhavedubhayacaryām

All-enduring, greatly blessed, of even body, very steady, of abundant sattva ⟨inner strength⟩, not over-tall, full ⟨in every limb⟩ and endowed with learning — such does one become in ubhayacarī.

सुभगो बहुभृत्यधनो बन्धूनामाश्रयो नृपतितुल्यः। नित्योत्साही हृष्टो भुङ्क्ते भोगानुभयचर्याम्

subhago bahubhṛtyadhano bandhūnāmāśrayo nṛpatitulyaḥ| nityotsāhī hṛṣṭo bhuṅkte bhogānubhayacaryām

Fortunate, with many servants and much wealth, a refuge for his kinsmen, the equal of a king, ever full of energy and cheerful, he enjoys enjoyments — in ubhayacarī.

यवनाचार्यैर्वृद्धैर्द्विग्रहयोगेषु यत्फलं प्रोक्तम्। तदहमपहाय मत्सरमधुना वक्ष्ये विशेषेण

yavanācāryairvṛddhairdvigrahayogeṣu yatphalaṃ proktam| tadahamapahāya matsaramadhunā vakṣye viśeṣeṇa

What the ancient Yavana teachers declared as the fruit of the yogas of two grahas ⟨conjoined⟩ — that I shall now set forth with its particulars, laying envy aside.

युवतीनां वशगः स्यादविनीतः कूटवित्पृथुलवित्तः। आसवविक्रयकुशलो रव्युडुपत्योः क्रियानिपुणः

yuvatīnāṃ vaśagaḥ syādavinītaḥ kūṭavitpṛthulavittaḥ| āsavavikrayakuśalo ravyuḍupatyoḥ kriyānipuṇaḥ

He is subject to the will of young women, ill-bred, versed in fraud, and of ample wealth; skilled at the sale of liquor and adept in ⟨his⟩ work — ⟨so is the man born⟩ when the Sun and the Moon ⟨are joined⟩.

ओजस्वी साहसिको मूर्खो बलसत्त्वसंयुतोऽनृतवाक्। पापमतिर्वधनिरतो रविकुजयोः स्यात् प्रचण्डश्च

ojasvī sāhasiko mūrkho balasattvasaṃyuto'nṛtavāk| pāpamatirvadhanirato ravikujayoḥ syāt pracaṇḍaśca

Vigorous, rash, a fool, endowed with strength and courage, and false of speech; of malicious mind, given to killing, and fierce — ⟨such is he⟩ when the Sun and Mars ⟨are joined⟩.

सेवाकृदस्थिरधनो रविज्ञयोः प्रियवचा यशोर्थः स्यात्। आर्यः क्षितिपतिदयितः सतां च बलरूपवित्तविद्यावान्

sevākṛdasthiradhano ravijñayoḥ priyavacā yaśorthaḥ syāt| āryaḥ kṣitipatidayitaḥ satāṃ ca balarūpavittavidyāvān

A doer of service, and of unsteady wealth; ⟨when⟩ the Sun and Mercury ⟨are joined⟩ he is pleasant of speech and bent on fame, noble, dear to the lord of the earth and to the good, and possessed of strength, beauty, wealth and learning.

बहुधर्मो नृपसचिवः समृद्धिमान्मित्रसंश्रयाप्तार्थः। सूर्ये बृहस्पतियुते भवेदुपाध्यायसंज्ञश्च

bahudharmo nṛpasacivaḥ samṛddhimānmitrasaṃśrayāptārthaḥ| sūrye bṛhaspatiyute bhavedupādhyāyasaṃjñaśca

Abounding in dharma, a king's counsellor, prosperous, and obtaining his wealth by recourse to friends; when the Sun is joined by Jupiter he bears besides the title upādhyāya ⟨teacher⟩.

शस्त्रप्रहरणविद्याशक्तियुतो नेत्रदुर्बलश्चरमे। रङ्गज्ञो रविसितयोः स्त्रीसङ्गाल्लब्धबन्धुधनः

śastrapraharaṇavidyāśaktiyuto netradurbalaścarame| raṅgajño ravisitayoḥ strīsaṅgāllabdhabandhudhanaḥ

Endowed with skill and strength in weapons and in striking, weak of eye in the later ⟨part of life⟩; knowing the stage, and gaining kinsmen and wealth through the company of women — ⟨such is he⟩ when the Sun and Venus ⟨are joined⟩.

धातुज्ञो धर्ममयः स्वधर्मनिरतः प्रणष्टसुतदारः। निजवंशगुणैः शुद्धः शनिरव्योरल्पशीलश्च

dhātujño dharmamayaḥ svadharmanirataḥ praṇaṣṭasutadāraḥ| nijavaṃśaguṇaiḥ śuddhaḥ śaniravyoralpaśīlaśca

Knowing metals, full of dharma, devoted to his own duty, his sons and wife perished; pure by the virtues of his own lineage, and of scant moral character — ⟨such is he⟩ when Saturn and the Sun ⟨are joined⟩.

शूरो रणप्रतापी मल्लोऽसृग्वेदनार्तदेहश्च। मृच्चर्मधातुशिल्पी कूटज्ञश्चन्द्रकुजयोगे

śūro raṇapratāpī mallo'sṛgvedanārtadehaśca| mṛccarmadhātuśilpī kūṭajñaścandrakujayoge

Brave, of prowess in battle, a wrestler, and his body afflicted with the pain of blood ⟨disorders⟩; a craftsman in clay, leather and metal, and versed in fraud — in the conjunction of the Moon and Mars.

काव्यकथास्वतिनिपुणः सधनः स्त्रीसंमतः सुरूपश्च। स्मितवदनः शशिबुधयोर्धर्मरुचिः स्याद्विशिष्टगुणः

kāvyakathāsvatinipuṇaḥ sadhanaḥ strīsaṃmataḥ surūpaśca| smitavadanaḥ śaśibudhayordharmaruciḥ syādviśiṣṭaguṇaḥ

Exceedingly skilled in poetry and in story-telling, possessed of wealth, esteemed by women, and handsome; smiling of face, delighting in dharma, and of distinguished qualities — ⟨such is he⟩ when the Moon and Mercury ⟨are joined⟩.

दृढसौहृदो विनीतः स्वबन्धुसंमानवर्धनेशश्च। गुर्विन्द्वोः शुभशीलः सुरद्विजेभ्यो रतो भवेत्पुरुषः

dṛḍhasauhṛdo vinītaḥ svabandhusaṃmānavardhaneśaśca| gurvindvoḥ śubhaśīlaḥ suradvijebhyo rato bhavetpuruṣaḥ

Firm in friendship, well-mannered, and a lord who increases the honour of his own kinsmen; when Jupiter and the Moon ⟨are joined⟩ the man is of auspicious conduct and devoted to gods and to the twice-born.

स्रग्धौताम्बरयुक्तः क्रियाविधिज्ञः कुलप्रियोऽत्यलसः। क्रयविक्रयेषु कुशलः शशिभार्गवयोः सदा योगे

sragdhautāmbarayuktaḥ kriyāvidhijñaḥ kulapriyo'tyalasaḥ| krayavikrayeṣu kuśalaḥ śaśibhārgavayoḥ sadā yoge

Wearing garlands and washed garments, knowing the rules of rites, dear to his family, and exceedingly idle; skilled in buying and selling — always so in the conjunction of the Moon and Venus.

जीर्णवधूजनरमणो गजाश्वसम्पादको विगतशीलः। वश्यो विधनः पुरुषः पराजितः स्याच्छशाङ्कशनियोगे

jīrṇavadhūjanaramaṇo gajāśvasampādako vigataśīlaḥ| vaśyo vidhanaḥ puruṣaḥ parājitaḥ syācchaśāṅkaśaniyoge

He takes his pleasure with worn-out women, procures elephants and horses, and is void of ⟨good⟩ conduct; the man is under another's control, without wealth, and defeated — in the conjunction of the Moon and Saturn.

स्त्रीदुर्भगोऽल्पवित्तः सुवर्णलोहप्रकारकः स्थपतिः। दुष्टस्त्रीविधवानां कुजबुधयोरौषधक्रियानिपुणः

strīdurbhago'lpavittaḥ suvarṇalohaprakārakaḥ sthapatiḥ| duṣṭastrīvidhavānāṃ kujabudhayorauṣadhakriyānipuṇaḥ

Ill-favoured with women, of scant wealth, a worker in gold and iron, an architect; skilled in the drug-work of wicked women and of widows — ⟨such is he⟩ when Mars and Mercury ⟨are joined⟩.

शिल्पश्रुतिशास्त्रज्ञो मेधावी वाग्विशारदो मतिमान्। अस्त्रप्रियप्रधानः सुरगुरुकुजयोः समागतयोः

śilpaśrutiśāstrajño medhāvī vāgviśārado matimān| astrapriyapradhānaḥ suragurukujayoḥ samāgatayoḥ

Knowing the crafts, the śruti and the śāstras, of good memory, accomplished in speech, and wise; foremost among those to whom weapons are dear — when the preceptor of the gods ⟨Jupiter⟩ and Mars come together.

पूज्यो गणप्रधानो गणितज्ञः परयुवतिभी रतो धूर्तः। द्यूतानृतशाठ्यरतो विटश्च सितरुधिरसंयोगे

pūjyo gaṇapradhāno gaṇitajñaḥ parayuvatibhī rato dhūrtaḥ| dyūtānṛtaśāṭhyarato viṭaśca sitarudhirasaṃyoge

Honoured, the head of a company, versed in reckoning, given to other men's young women, a rogue; addicted to gambling, falsehood and knavery, and a libertine — in the conjunction of Venus and Mars.

धात्विन्द्रजालकुशलः प्रवञ्चकस्तेयकर्मकुशलश्च। कुजसौरयोर्विधर्मः शस्त्रविषघ्नः कलिरुचिः स्यात्

dhātvindrajālakuśalaḥ pravañcakasteyakarmakuśalaśca| kujasaurayorvidharmaḥ śastraviṣaghnaḥ kaliruciḥ syāt

Skilled in metals and in conjuring; a cheat, and adept in the work of theft; when Mars and Saturn ⟨are joined⟩ he is of contrary dharma, a destroyer by weapon and by poison, and fond of strife.

नृत्तविधेर्विज्ञाता प्राज्ञोऽपि च गेयशास्त्रविन्मनुजः। बुधगुरुयोगे मतिमान्सौख्ययुतो जायतेऽवश्यम्

nṛttavidhervijñātā prājño'pi ca geyaśāstravinmanujaḥ| budhaguruyoge matimānsaukhyayuto jāyate'vaśyam

A knower of the rules of dance, wise, and versed in the science of song; in the conjunction of Mercury and Jupiter the man is born, without fail, intelligent and possessed of ease.

अतिशयधनो नयज्ञो बहुशिल्पो वेदवित्सुवाक्यः स्यात्। गीतज्ञो हास्यरतिर्बुधसितयोर्गन्धमाल्यरुचिः

atiśayadhano nayajño bahuśilpo vedavitsuvākyaḥ syāt| gītajño hāsyaratirbudhasitayorgandhamālyaruciḥ

Exceedingly wealthy, versed in polity, of many crafts, knowing the Veda, and well-spoken; a knower of song, fond of laughter, and fond of perfumes and garlands — ⟨such is he⟩ when Mercury and Venus ⟨are joined⟩.

ऋणवान् दम्भप्रायः प्रपञ्चकः सत्कविर्गमनशीलः। निपुणः शोभनवाक्यो बुधशनियोगे पुमान् भवति

ṛṇavān dambhaprāyaḥ prapañcakaḥ satkavirgamanaśīlaḥ| nipuṇaḥ śobhanavākyo budhaśaniyoge pumān bhavati

In debt, given largely to hypocrisy, a spinner of deceit, a good poet, and given to wandering; skilful and of fine speech — such a man is ⟨born⟩ in the conjunction of Mercury and Saturn.

जीवति विद्यावादैर्विशिष्टधर्मस्थितः प्रमाणयुतः। जीवसितयोर्मनुष्यो विशिष्टदारो भवेन्मतिमान्

jīvati vidyāvādairviśiṣṭadharmasthitaḥ pramāṇayutaḥ| jīvasitayormanuṣyo viśiṣṭadāro bhavenmatimān

He lives by learned discourse, stands in a distinguished dharma, and is possessed of authority; in ⟨the conjunction of⟩ Jupiter and Venus the man has a distinguished wife and is intelligent.

शूरो वित्तसमृद्धो नगराधिपतिर्यशस्वी च। शनिजीवयोः प्रधानः श्रेणिसभाग्रामसंघानाम्

śūro vittasamṛddho nagarādhipatiryaśasvī ca| śanijīvayoḥ pradhānaḥ śreṇisabhāgrāmasaṃghānām

Brave, abounding in wealth, the lord of a city, and famous; in ⟨the conjunction of⟩ Saturn and Jupiter he is the head of guilds, assemblies, villages and corporations.

दारुविदारणदक्षः क्षुरचित्राश्मादिकर्मशिल्पी च। मल्लोऽटनः पशुपतिः शनिसितयोगे पुमान भवति

dāruvidāraṇadakṣaḥ kṣuracitrāśmādikarmaśilpī ca| mallo'ṭanaḥ paśupatiḥ śanisitayoge pumāna bhavati

Skilled at the splitting of wood, and a craftsman in the work of razors, painting, stone and the like; a wrestler, a rover, and a master of cattle — such is the man ⟨born⟩ in the conjunction of Saturn and Venus.

उक्तं फलं गगनगा यद्यन्योन्यगणस्थिताः। अधमादिविकल्पेन कुर्वन्ति विकृतिं तथा

uktaṃ phalaṃ gaganagā yadyanyonyagaṇasthitāḥ| adhamādivikalpena kurvanti vikṛtiṃ tathā

The fruit ⟨here⟩ stated ⟨holds as the rule⟩; but if the sky-goers ⟨the grahas⟩ stand in one another's gaṇa ⟨class⟩, they work an alteration ⟨in it⟩ accordingly, by the gradation of 'lowest' and the rest.

निर्लज्जः पापरतो यन्त्रज्ञः शत्रुदारणे शूरः। अश्मक्रियासु कुशलः सहस्थितैः सूर्यशशिभौमैः

nirlajjaḥ pāparato yantrajñaḥ śatrudāraṇe śūraḥ| aśmakriyāsu kuśalaḥ sahasthitaiḥ sūryaśaśibhaumaiḥ

Shameless, given to wickedness, versed in machines (yantras), valiant in cutting down enemies, and skilled in works of stone — ⟨such is the man born⟩ when the Sun, the Moon and Mars stand together in one place.

तेजस्वी निपुणमतिः शास्त्रकलागोष्ठिपानरतः। नृपकृत्यकरो धीरो रविशशिशशिजैः सहैकस्थैः

tejasvī nipuṇamatiḥ śāstrakalāgoṣṭhipānarataḥ| nṛpakṛtyakaro dhīro raviśaśiśaśijaiḥ sahaikasthaiḥ

Lustrous, of skilful mind, devoted to the śāstras, to the arts, to learned assemblies and to drink, a doer of the king's business, and steadfast — when the Sun, the Moon and Mercury stand together in one place.

क्रुद्धो मायानिपुणः सेवाकुशलो विदेशगमनरतः। मेधावी चपलमतिः सहस्थितैरर्कशशिजीवैः

kruddho māyānipuṇaḥ sevākuśalo videśagamanarataḥ| medhāvī capalamatiḥ sahasthitairarkaśaśijīvaiḥ

Wrathful, adept in deception, skilled in service, fond of going to foreign lands, of retentive intellect but fickle mind — when the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter are posited together.

परधनहरणे निपुणः परदाररतश्च शास्त्रनिपुणश्च। रविचन्द्रदैत्यपूज्यैरेकस्थैर्जायते मनुजः

paradhanaharaṇe nipuṇaḥ paradārarataśca śāstranipuṇaśca| ravicandradaityapūjyairekasthairjāyate manujaḥ

Skilled in carrying off the wealth of others, addicted to others' wives, and skilled in the śāstras — such a man is born when the Sun, the Moon and Venus ⟨he whom the daityas worship⟩ occupy one place.

कामे विवादकुशलो मूर्खः परतन्त्रगो दरिद्रश्च। सूर्यनिशाकररविजैरेकस्थैर्जायते मनुजः

kāme vivādakuśalo mūrkhaḥ paratantrago daridraśca| sūryaniśākararavijairekasthairjāyate manujaḥ

Skilled in wrangling over lust, a fool, dependent on another's will, and poor — such a man is born when the Sun, the Moon and Saturn occupy one place.

भवति ख्यातो मल्लः साहसिको निष्ठुरो विगतलज्जः। धनसुतकलत्ररहितः सहस्थितैरर्ककुजसौम्यैः

bhavati khyāto mallaḥ sāhasiko niṣṭhuro vigatalajjaḥ| dhanasutakalatrarahitaḥ sahasthitairarkakujasaumyaiḥ

He becomes a famed wrestler, daring, harsh, devoid of shame, and bereft of wealth, sons and wife — when the Sun, Mars and Mercury stand together.

वचसि निपुणो महार्थः क्षितिपतिमन्त्री च भूपतिर्वाऽपि। सत्यवचनः प्रचण्डः सहस्थितैर्भौमगुरुसूर्यैः

vacasi nipuṇo mahārthaḥ kṣitipatimantrī ca bhūpatirvā'pi| satyavacanaḥ pracaṇḍaḥ sahasthitairbhaumagurusūryaiḥ

Skilled in speech, of great wealth, a king's minister or even a king himself, truthful of word, and fierce — when Mars, Jupiter and the Sun stand together.

नयनातुरः कुलीनः सुभगो वाक्शल्यसंयुतो मनुजः। भृगुभौमदिवसनाथैः सहस्थितैः स्याद्विभवयुक्तः

nayanāturaḥ kulīnaḥ subhago vākśalyasaṃyuto manujaḥ| bhṛgubhaumadivasanāthaiḥ sahasthitaiḥ syādvibhavayuktaḥ

A man diseased in the eyes, well-born, fortunate, and possessed of speech that pierces like a dart — when Venus, Mars and the Sun ⟨the lord of the day⟩ stand together, he is endowed with prosperity.

विकलाङ्गो धनरहितो नित्यं रोगान्वितो मनुजः। स्वजनरहितोऽतिमूर्खः क्षितिजार्कजभानुभिः सहितैः

vikalāṅgo dhanarahito nityaṃ rogānvito manujaḥ| svajanarahito'timūrkhaḥ kṣitijārkajabhānubhiḥ sahitaiḥ

Crippled in limb, without wealth, constantly diseased, bereft of his own kin, and an utter fool — when Mars, Saturn and the Sun are joined.

नेत्रातुरोऽतिधनवान् मूर्खः शास्त्रादिशिल्पकाव्यरतः। वाचस्पतिबुधसूर्यैरेकगतैर्लिपिकरः पुरुषः

netrāturo'tidhanavān mūrkhaḥ śāstrādiśilpakāvyarataḥ| vācaspatibudhasūryairekagatairlipikaraḥ puruṣaḥ

Afflicted in the eyes, exceedingly wealthy, a fool, devoted to the śāstras and the rest, to craft and to poetry — when Jupiter, Mercury and the Sun go together in one place, the man is a scribe.

अतितप्तो वाचाटो भ्रमणरुचिः प्रोषितो गुरुभिः। स्त्रीहेतोः सन्तप्तः शशिसुतरविभार्गवैः सहितैः

atitapto vācāṭo bhramaṇaruciḥ proṣito gurubhiḥ| strīhetoḥ santaptaḥ śaśisutaravibhārgavaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Greatly tormented, a babbler, fond of wandering, sent away from his elders, and afflicted on account of a woman — when Mercury, the Sun and Venus are joined.

क्लीबाचारो द्वेष्यः सर्वजितो बन्धुभिः परित्यक्तः। सौरादित्येन्दुसुतैरेकस्थैर्जायते पुरुषः

klībācāro dveṣyaḥ sarvajito bandhubhiḥ parityaktaḥ| saurādityendusutairekasthairjāyate puruṣaḥ

Of eunuch-like conduct, an object of hatred, vanquished by all, and forsaken by his kinsmen — such a man is born when Saturn, the Sun and Mercury occupy one place.

दुर्बलचक्षुः शूरः प्राज्ञो निःस्वश्च भूपतेः सचिवः। परकार्यरतो नित्यं भार्गवगुरुभास्करैः सहितैः

durbalacakṣuḥ śūraḥ prājño niḥsvaśca bhūpateḥ sacivaḥ| parakāryarato nityaṃ bhārgavagurubhāskaraiḥ sahitaiḥ

Of weak eyes, valiant, wise, destitute, a king's counsellor, and ever engaged in the affairs of others — when Venus, Jupiter and the Sun are joined.

असदृशकायः पूज्यः स्वजनद्वेष्यः सुदारसुतमित्रः। नृपतीष्टो विगतभयो जीवार्कजदिनकरैः सहितैः

asadṛśakāyaḥ pūjyaḥ svajanadveṣyaḥ sudārasutamitraḥ| nṛpatīṣṭo vigatabhayo jīvārkajadinakaraiḥ sahitaiḥ

Of a body unlike ⟨other men's⟩, worthy of honour, hateful to his own kin, blessed with a good wife, sons and friends, dear to the king, and free from fear — when Jupiter, Saturn and the Sun are joined.

शत्रुभयात्सोद्वेगो मानकलाकाव्यवर्जितो मनुजः। कुत्सितचरितः कुष्ठी सितार्किरविसंयुतैर्भवति

śatrubhayātsodvego mānakalākāvyavarjito manujaḥ| kutsitacaritaḥ kuṣṭhī sitārkiravisaṃyutairbhavati

Agitated by fear of enemies, devoid of honour, of the arts and of poetry, of contemptible conduct, and a leper — such a man comes to be when Venus, Saturn and the Sun are joined.

पापकरा जायन्ते नीचाचाराः सुहृत्स्वजनहीनाः। आजीविनश्च पुरुषाः शशाङ्कबुधभूमिजैः सहितैः

pāpakarā jāyante nīcācārāḥ suhṛtsvajanahīnāḥ| ājīvinaśca puruṣāḥ śaśāṅkabudhabhūmijaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Men are born doers of evil, base in conduct, bereft of friends and kinsmen, and living by ⟨some⟩ occupation — when the Moon, Mercury and Mars are joined.

विनताङ्गः स्त्रीलोलश्चोरः कान्तश्च संमतः स्त्रीणाम्। भौमशशाङ्कसुरेज्यैरेकस्थैश्चण्डरोषश्च

vinatāṅgaḥ strīlolaścoraḥ kāntaśca saṃmataḥ strīṇām| bhaumaśaśāṅkasurejyairekasthaiścaṇḍaroṣaśca

Of stooping body, lusting after women, a thief, comely and esteemed by women, and of fierce wrath — when Mars, the Moon and Jupiter occupy one place.

दुःशीलायाः पुत्रः पतिश्च तस्याः सदैव निर्दिष्टः। कुजभृगुशशिभिः सहितैर्भ्रमणरुचिः शीतभीतश्च

duḥśīlāyāḥ putraḥ patiśca tasyāḥ sadaiva nirdiṣṭaḥ| kujabhṛguśaśibhiḥ sahitairbhramaṇaruciḥ śītabhītaśca

He is declared ever to be the son of an unchaste woman and the husband of such a one; fond of wandering and afraid of cold — when Mars, Venus and the Moon are joined.

बाल्ये मृतजननीकः क्षुद्रो विषमश्च लोकविद्विष्टः। जायेत नरो योगे भूसुतशशिभास्करसुतानाम्

bālye mṛtajananīkaḥ kṣudro viṣamaśca lokavidviṣṭaḥ| jāyeta naro yoge bhūsutaśaśibhāskarasutānām

A man whose mother dies in his childhood, mean, crooked, and hated by the world, is born in the conjunction of Mars, the Moon and Saturn.

धनवान्कल्यो वाग्मी तेजस्वी ख्यातिमान्विपुलकीर्तिः। बहुपुत्रभ्रातृयुतो बुधेन्दुसुरपूजितैर्युक्तैः

dhanavānkalyo vāgmī tejasvī khyātimānvipulakīrtiḥ| bahuputrabhrātṛyuto budhendusurapūjitairyuktaiḥ

Wealthy, sound in body, eloquent, lustrous, celebrated, of far-reaching fame, and endowed with many sons and brothers — when Mercury, the Moon and Jupiter ⟨he whom the gods worship⟩ are joined.

विद्यासंस्कृतमतिरपि नीचाचारः पुमान्भवेज्जातः। सौम्यो धनप्रलुब्धो बुधभार्गवचन्द्रसंयोगे

vidyāsaṃskṛtamatirapi nīcācāraḥ pumānbhavejjātaḥ| saumyo dhanapralubdho budhabhārgavacandrasaṃyoge

Though his mind be refined by learning, the man born is of base conduct, gentle, and greedy for wealth — in the conjunction of Mercury, Venus and the Moon.

अस्वस्थो विकलाङ्गः प्राज्ञो वाग्मी सुपूजितः क्षितिपः। भवति नरः संयोगे सौरेन्दुशशाङ्कपुत्राणाम्

asvastho vikalāṅgaḥ prājño vāgmī supūjitaḥ kṣitipaḥ| bhavati naraḥ saṃyoge saurenduśaśāṅkaputrāṇām

Unwell, deformed in limb, wise, eloquent, greatly honoured, and a ruler of the earth — such a man comes to be in the conjunction of Saturn, the Moon and Mercury ⟨the Moon's son⟩.

साध्वीतनयः प्राज्ञः कलास्वभिज्ञो बहुश्रुतः साधुः। भार्गवगुरुशशियोगे जातः सुभगो भवेत्पुरुषः

sādhvītanayaḥ prājñaḥ kalāsvabhijño bahuśrutaḥ sādhuḥ| bhārgavaguruśaśiyoge jātaḥ subhago bhavetpuruṣaḥ

The son of a virtuous woman, wise, conversant in the arts, widely learned, and good — the man born in the conjunction of Venus, Jupiter and the Moon becomes fortunate.

शास्त्रार्थतत्त्वबुद्धिर्वृद्धस्त्रीसङ्गतो विगतरोगः। शशिवाचस्पतिसौरैरेकस्थैर्ग्रामवृन्दपतिः

śāstrārthatattvabuddhirvṛddhastrīsaṅgato vigatarogaḥ| śaśivācaspatisaurairekasthairgrāmavṛndapatiḥ

Of an intellect that grasps the true sense of the śāstras, keeping company with aged women, and free from disease — when the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn occupy one place, he is lord of a cluster of villages.

लिपिकरपुस्तकवाचकपुरोधसां भवति जन्म सुकृतैश्च। दैवविदां पुरुषाणां शशिभार्गवसौरिसंयोगे

lipikarapustakavācakapurodhasāṃ bhavati janma sukṛtaiśca| daivavidāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ śaśibhārgavasaurisaṃyoge

The birth of scribes, of readers of books, of purohitas, of men of meritorious deeds, and of men who know fate ⟨astrologers⟩ takes place in the conjunction of the Moon, Venus and Saturn.

सुकविः क्षोणीनाथः सद्युवतिपतिः परार्थ उद्युक्तः। गान्धर्ववेदकुशलः स्याद्बुधगुरुभूसुतैः सहितैः

sukaviḥ kṣoṇīnāthaḥ sadyuvatipatiḥ parārtha udyuktaḥ| gāndharvavedakuśalaḥ syādbudhagurubhūsutaiḥ sahitaiḥ

A good poet, a lord of the earth, husband of a virtuous young wife, active for the sake of others, and skilled in the Gāndharva-veda ⟨the science of music⟩ — when Mercury, Jupiter and Mars are joined.

अकुलीनो विकलाङ्गश्चपलो दुष्टश्च जायते मनुजः। मुखरो नित्योत्साही कुजबुधभृगुनन्दनैः सहितैः

akulīno vikalāṅgaścapalo duṣṭaśca jāyate manujaḥ| mukharo nityotsāhī kujabudhabhṛgunandanaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Of low birth, deformed in limb, fickle, and wicked is the man born; loud-mouthed and unceasingly energetic — when Mars, Mercury and Venus ⟨Bhṛgu's son⟩ are joined.

प्रेष्यः श्यामलनेत्रः प्रवासशीलो भवेद्वदनरोगी। रमते प्रहसनशीलैर्बुधार्किरुधिरैः सहैकस्थैः

preṣyaḥ śyāmalanetraḥ pravāsaśīlo bhavedvadanarogī| ramate prahasanaśīlairbudhārkirudhiraiḥ sahaikasthaiḥ

A servant, dark-eyed, given to living abroad, and diseased in the mouth; he takes his pleasure with those given to jesting — when Mercury, Saturn and Mars ⟨the red one⟩ stand together in one place.

नृपतीष्टः सत्सुतवान्विलासिनीभ्यः सदाप्तबहुसौख्यः। सकलजनानन्दकरो भार्गवगुरुभूमिजैः सहितैः

nṛpatīṣṭaḥ satsutavānvilāsinībhyaḥ sadāptabahusaukhyaḥ| sakalajanānandakaro bhārgavagurubhūmijaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Dear to the king, blessed with good sons, ever obtaining abundant pleasure from wanton women, and giving delight to all people — when Venus, Jupiter and Mars are joined.

नृपसंमतः क्षताङ्गो नीचाचारो विगर्हितो मित्रैः। भवति नरो विगतघृणः सुरेज्यकुजसौरिसंयोगे

nṛpasaṃmataḥ kṣatāṅgo nīcācāro vigarhito mitraiḥ| bhavati naro vigataghṛṇaḥ surejyakujasaurisaṃyoge

Esteemed by the king, wounded in limb, of base conduct, censured by his friends, and devoid of pity — such a man comes to be in the conjunction of Jupiter, Mars and Saturn.

चारित्रविहीनायाः पुत्रो भर्ता भवेत्सुखविहीनः। नित्यं प्रवासशीलः संयुक्तैः सौरिकुजशुक्रैः

cāritravihīnāyāḥ putro bhartā bhavetsukhavihīnaḥ| nityaṃ pravāsaśīlaḥ saṃyuktaiḥ saurikujaśukraiḥ

Son of a woman devoid of character, and husband ⟨of such a one⟩; devoid of happiness he would be, and ever given to living abroad — when Saturn, Mars and Venus are joined.

सुतनुः क्षपितारिगणो नृपतिः सुभगस्तथा पृथुलकीर्तिः। बुधगुरुशुक्रैः सहितैर्भवति नरः सत्यवचनश्च

sutanuḥ kṣapitārigaṇo nṛpatiḥ subhagastathā pṛthulakīrtiḥ| budhaguruśukraiḥ sahitairbhavati naraḥ satyavacanaśca

Of fine body, the host of his enemies wiped out, a king, fortunate, and likewise of ample fame — with Mercury, Jupiter and Venus joined the man becomes ⟨such⟩, and truthful of speech.

स्थानधनैश्वर्ययुतं प्राज्ञं बहुभोगिनं स्वदाररतम्। धृतिसौख्यरतं सुभगं जनयन्ति बुधार्किजीवाख्याः

sthānadhanaiśvaryayutaṃ prājñaṃ bahubhoginaṃ svadāraratam| dhṛtisaukhyarataṃ subhagaṃ janayanti budhārkijīvākhyāḥ

Endowed with position, wealth and lordship, wise, of many enjoyments, devoted to his own wife, given to steadfastness and ease, fortunate — such ⟨a man⟩ do those named Mercury, Saturn and Jupiter beget.

मुखरो धूर्तोऽनृतवाक् परयुवतिरतो भवेद्विषमशीलः। बुधशुक्रसूर्यतनयैः कलास्वभिज्ञः स्वदेशरतः

mukharo dhūrto'nṛtavāk parayuvatirato bhavedviṣamaśīlaḥ| budhaśukrasūryatanayaiḥ kalāsvabhijñaḥ svadeśarataḥ

Loud-mouthed, a rogue, a speaker of untruth, given to other men's women, of uneven character he would be; with Mercury, Venus and Saturn ⟨joined⟩ — skilled in the arts, attached to his own country.

न्यूने कुलेऽपि जातो भवति नरो भूपतिर्विपुलकीर्तिः। गुरुभार्गवदिनकरजैरेकस्थैः शीलसम्पन्नः

nyūne kule'pi jāto bhavati naro bhūpatirvipulakīrtiḥ| gurubhārgavadinakarajairekasthaiḥ śīlasampannaḥ

Though born in a low family, the man becomes a king of wide fame — with Jupiter, Venus and Saturn standing in one place — and endowed with good character.

पापैर्युक्ते चन्द्रे मातुरभावः प्रकीर्तितप्रायः। सूर्ये पितुस्तथान्यैः शुभं वदेन्मिश्रितैर्मिश्रम्

pāpairyukte candre māturabhāvaḥ prakīrtitaprāyaḥ| sūrye pitustathānyaiḥ śubhaṃ vadenmiśritairmiśram

When the Moon is joined by malefics, the mother's absence is declared, for the most part; so too, with the Sun, ⟨that⟩ of the father. With others ⟨the benefics⟩ one should declare auspicious ⟨results⟩; with mixed, mixed.

प्रायः शुभाः समेता धनभूतियशोऽन्वितं नृपतिचेष्टम्। उत्पादयन्ति मनुजं भूमण्डलमण्डनं श्रेष्ठम्

prāyaḥ śubhāḥ sametā dhanabhūtiyaśo'nvitaṃ nṛpaticeṣṭam| utpādayanti manujaṃ bhūmaṇḍalamaṇḍanaṃ śreṣṭham

Benefics assembled produce, for the most part, a man endowed with wealth, prosperity and fame, of kingly bearing, an ornament of the earth's round, excellent.

पापास्त्रयोपि मिलिताः कुर्वन्ति नरं सुदुर्भगं लोके। दारिद्र्यदुःखतप्तं गर्हितरूपं विनयहीनम्

pāpāstrayopi militāḥ kurvanti naraṃ sudurbhagaṃ loke| dāridryaduḥkhataptaṃ garhitarūpaṃ vinayahīnam

Three malefics too, met together, make the man exceedingly ill-fortuned in the world — scorched by the pain of poverty, of despised appearance, devoid of discipline.

लिपिकरतस्करमुखरो रोगी मायाप्रपञ्चकुशलश्च। बुधरविभौमशशाङ्कैरेकर्क्षगतैः पुमान्भवति

lipikarataskaramukharo rogī māyāprapañcakuśalaśca| budharavibhaumaśaśāṅkairekarkṣagataiḥ pumānbhavati

He becomes a scribe, a thief, loud of mouth, diseased, and skilled in the elaborate display of deceit — a man ⟨so born⟩ when Mercury, the Sun, Mars and the Moon are gone to one sign (ekarkṣa).

धनवान्वनितानिन्द्यस्तेजस्वी नीतिमान्विगतशोकः। कर्मसमर्थो निपुणः शशिकुजगुरुभास्करैः सहितैः

dhanavānvanitānindyastejasvī nītimānvigataśokaḥ| karmasamartho nipuṇaḥ śaśikujagurubhāskaraiḥ sahitaiḥ

Wealthy, not to be blamed by women, lustrous, versed in policy, free from sorrow, capable in action, and skilful — when the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and the Sun are joined together.

आर्योचितवाग्वृत्तिः सुखभाङ्निपुणोऽर्थसंग्रहणशीलः। विद्यासुतदारयुतः शशिकुजभृगुभास्करैः सहितैः

āryocitavāgvṛttiḥ sukhabhāṅnipuṇo'rthasaṃgrahaṇaśīlaḥ| vidyāsutadārayutaḥ śaśikujabhṛgubhāskaraiḥ sahitaiḥ

His speech and manner of life are such as befit the noble ⟨ārya⟩; he enjoys comfort, is skilful, of a disposition to gather wealth, and is endowed with learning, sons and wife — when the Moon, Mars, Venus ⟨Bhṛgu⟩ and the Sun are together.

विषमशरीरो ह्रस्वो धनरहितो याचिताशनो मूर्खः। गम्यः सर्वस्य तथा रविशशिकुजसौरिसंयोगे

viṣamaśarīro hrasvo dhanarahito yācitāśano mūrkhaḥ| gamyaḥ sarvasya tathā raviśaśikujasaurisaṃyoge

Of misshapen body, short, destitute of wealth, eating food ⟨got⟩ under torment, a fool, and one whom anyone may approach — so also, in the conjunction of the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Saturn.

सौवर्णिकः प्लुताक्षः शिल्पकरो वा महाधनो धीरः । जातः स्यान्निरुजतनुः शशिज्ञगुरुभास्करैः सहितैः

sauvarṇikaḥ plutākṣaḥ śilpakaro vā mahādhano dhīraḥ | jātaḥ syānnirujatanuḥ śaśijñagurubhāskaraiḥ sahitaiḥ

A goldsmith, with swimming eyes, or else a craftsman; of great wealth, steadfast, and born with a body free from disease — when the Moon, Mercury ⟨jña⟩, Jupiter and the Sun are together.

विकलः सुभगो वाग्मी ह्रस्वो नृपसंमतो मनुजः। जातः स्यादेकस्थै रविशशिबुधभार्गवैः सहितैः

vikalaḥ subhago vāgmī hrasvo nṛpasaṃmato manujaḥ| jātaḥ syādekasthai raviśaśibudhabhārgavaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Maimed, attractive, eloquent, short, and esteemed by the king is the man born when the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Venus ⟨Bhārgava⟩ stand together in one ⟨sign⟩.

मातृपितृविप्रयुक्तो धनसौख्यविवर्जितो भ्रमणशीलः। भिक्षाशनोऽप्यनृतवाक् रवीन्दुसौम्यार्किभिर्नियतम्

mātṛpitṛviprayukto dhanasaukhyavivarjito bhramaṇaśīlaḥ| bhikṣāśano'pyanṛtavāk ravīndusaumyārkibhirniyatam

Parted from mother and father, bereft of wealth and of comfort, given to wandering; though he eats ⟨only⟩ alms he yet speaks untruth — assuredly so, by the Sun, the Moon, Mercury (saumya) and Saturn.

सलिलमृगारण्यानां स्वामी स्यात्सौख्यभाक् भवति पूज्यः। शुक्रार्कगुरुशशाङ्कैरेकर्क्षगतैः पुमान् निपुणः

salilamṛgāraṇyānāṃ svāmī syātsaukhyabhāk bhavati pūjyaḥ| śukrārkaguruśaśāṅkairekarkṣagataiḥ pumān nipuṇaḥ

He becomes lord of waters, of beasts and of forests, a sharer in comfort, and honoured; the man is skilful — when Venus, the Sun, Jupiter and the Moon are gone to one sign.

तामसनेत्रस्तीक्ष्णो बहुसुतवित्तो वराङ्गनासुभगः। सूर्येज्यचन्द्रसौरैरेकस्थैर्जायते पुरुषः

tāmasanetrastīkṣṇo bahusutavitto varāṅganāsubhagaḥ| sūryejyacandrasaurairekasthairjāyate puruṣaḥ

Dark-eyed, sharp, with many sons and much wealth, and favoured by excellent women, is the man born when the Sun, Jupiter ⟨Ijya⟩, the Moon and Saturn stand in one ⟨sign⟩.

वनितासदृशाचारः पुरःसरोऽत्यन्तदुर्बलशरीरः। भीरुः सर्वत्र भवेदर्केन्दुसितासितैः सहितैः

vanitāsadṛśācāraḥ puraḥsaro'tyantadurbalaśarīraḥ| bhīruḥ sarvatra bhavedarkendusitāsitaiḥ sahitaiḥ

His conduct is like a woman's; he goes before ⟨as a forerunner⟩, his body exceedingly weak, and he is timid in every quarter — when the Sun, the Moon, Venus ⟨sita⟩ and Saturn ⟨asita, the dark one⟩ are together.

शूरोऽथ सूत्रकारश्चक्रधरो वा विपन्नदारधनः। दुःखार्णवोऽटनपरः सुसङ्गतैरर्कजीवबुधभौमैः

śūro'tha sūtrakāraścakradharo vā vipannadāradhanaḥ| duḥkhārṇavo'ṭanaparaḥ susaṅgatairarkajīvabudhabhaumaiḥ

Brave; or a maker of cords, or a bearer of the wheel; his wife and his wealth come to ruin; he is an ocean of sorrow and given to roaming — when the Sun, Jupiter, Mercury and Mars are well conjoined.

परदाररतश्चौरो विषमाङ्गो दुर्जनो विगतसत्त्वः। भवति प्रसवे पुरुषो रविसितभौमेन्दुजैः सहितैः

paradārarataścauro viṣamāṅgo durjano vigatasattvaḥ| bhavati prasave puruṣo ravisitabhaumendujaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Addicted to the wives of others, a thief, of misshapen limbs, wicked, and devoid of strength ⟨sattva⟩ is the man at his birth, when the Sun, Venus, Mars and Mercury ⟨the Moon's son⟩ are together.

योद्धा प्राज्ञस्तीक्ष्णो नीचाचारः कविप्रधानश्च। मन्त्री च भूपतिर्वा बुधार्ककुजसौरिसंयोगे

yoddhā prājñastīkṣṇo nīcācāraḥ kavipradhānaśca| mantrī ca bhūpatirvā budhārkakujasaurisaṃyoge

A fighter, wise, sharp, of base conduct, and foremost among poets; and a minister, or else a king — in the conjunction of Mercury, the Sun, Mars and Saturn.

सुभगः पूज्यो लोके धनवान् नृपसंमतो भुवि ख्यातः। रविभौमजीवशुक्रैरेकस्थैर्नीतिमान्पुरुषः

subhagaḥ pūjyo loke dhanavān nṛpasaṃmato bhuvi khyātaḥ| ravibhaumajīvaśukrairekasthairnītimānpuruṣaḥ

Attractive, honoured in the world, wealthy, esteemed by the king, renowned upon the earth, and versed in policy is the man, when the Sun, Mars, Jupiter ⟨Jīva⟩ and Venus stand in one ⟨sign⟩.

सोन्मादो गणमान्यः सिद्धार्थो बन्धुमित्रसंपृक्तः। भानुकुजजीवसौरैः संयुक्तैर्वा नृपाभिमतः

sonmādo gaṇamānyaḥ siddhārtho bandhumitrasaṃpṛktaḥ| bhānukujajīvasauraiḥ saṃyuktairvā nṛpābhimataḥ

Subject to fits of madness, honoured by the community, accomplished in his aims, and bound close to kinsmen and friends; or else esteemed by the king — when the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn ⟨Sauri⟩ are conjoined.

विकलो नीचाचारो विषमाक्षो बन्धु विद्विष्टः। सूर्यकुजशुक्रसौरैः पराभवं सर्वतो याति

vikalo nīcācāro viṣamākṣo bandhu vidviṣṭaḥ| sūryakujaśukrasauraiḥ parābhavaṃ sarvato yāti

Maimed, of base conduct, with uneven eyes, and hated by his kinsmen; by the Sun, Mars, Venus and Saturn ⟨Saura⟩ he meets defeat on every side.

धनवान्सुखप्रधानः सिद्धार्थो बन्धुमान् प्रकृष्टश्च। भानुबुधजीवशुक्रैर्भवति पुमानेकराशिगतैः

dhanavānsukhapradhānaḥ siddhārtho bandhumān prakṛṣṭaśca| bhānubudhajīvaśukrairbhavati pumānekarāśigataiḥ

Wealthy, foremost in comfort, accomplished in his aims, well provided with kinsmen, and eminent, is the man, when the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus are gone to one rāśi.

क्लीबाचारो मानी कलहरुचिः सहजवान् निरुत्साहः। अर्कार्किबुधसुरेज्यैरेकस्थैर्जायते पुरुषः

klībācāro mānī kalaharuciḥ sahajavān nirutsāhaḥ| arkārkibudhasurejyairekasthairjāyate puruṣaḥ

Of the conduct of a eunuch, proud, fond of quarrel, possessed of brothers, and without enterprise, is the man born when the Sun, Saturn ⟨Arki⟩, Mercury and Jupiter ⟨Surejya⟩ stand in one ⟨sign⟩.

मुखरः सुभगः प्राज्ञो मृदुसौख्यः सत्त्वशौचसंपन्नः। धीरो मित्रसहायो रविबुधसितसौरिसंयोगे

mukharaḥ subhagaḥ prājño mṛdusaukhyaḥ sattvaśaucasaṃpannaḥ| dhīro mitrasahāyo ravibudhasitasaurisaṃyoge

Talkative, attractive, wise, of mild comfort, endowed with courage ⟨sattva⟩ and purity, steadfast, and helped by friends — in the conjunction of the Sun, Mercury, Venus ⟨sita⟩ and Saturn.

लुब्धः कविः प्रधानः कारुकनाथोऽधिपश्च नीचानाम्। आदित्यार्किसितार्यै राज्ञां जातो भवेदिष्टः

lubdhaḥ kaviḥ pradhānaḥ kārukanātho'dhipaśca nīcānām| ādityārkisitāryai rājñāṃ jāto bhavediṣṭaḥ

Greedy, a poet, eminent, a master of artisans and a chief of low men; born ⟨so⟩, he would be dear to kings — by the Sun, Saturn ⟨Arki⟩, Venus ⟨sita⟩ and Jupiter ⟨ārya⟩.

शास्त्रकुशलो नरेन्द्रः सुमहामन्त्रोऽथवा महाबुद्धिः। शशिकुजसोमजजीवैरेकस्थैर्यः पुमाञ्जातः

śāstrakuśalo narendraḥ sumahāmantro'thavā mahābuddhiḥ| śaśikujasomajajīvairekasthairyaḥ pumāñjātaḥ

Skilled in the śāstras, a ruler of men, or else of exceedingly great counsel and of great intellect, is the man who is born when the Moon, Mars, Mercury ⟨Soma's son⟩ and Jupiter ⟨Jīva⟩ stand in one ⟨sign⟩.

कलहरुचिर्निद्रालुर्नीचः स्याद्वर्धकीपतिः सुभगः। बन्धुद्वेष्टा न सुखी शशिकुजबुधभार्गवैः सहितैः

kalaharucirnidrālurnīcaḥ syādvardhakīpatiḥ subhagaḥ| bandhudveṣṭā na sukhī śaśikujabudhabhārgavaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Fond of quarrel, given to sleep, base, a master of carpenters, and attractive; a hater of his kinsmen, and not happy — when the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Venus ⟨Bhārgava⟩ are together.

शूरो विमातृपितृको दुष्कुलजो बहुकलत्रमित्रसुतः। भवति सुकर्माभिरतः शशिकुजबुधसौरिसंयोगे

śūro vimātṛpitṛko duṣkulajo bahukalatramitrasutaḥ| bhavati sukarmābhirataḥ śaśikujabudhasaurisaṃyoge

Brave, bereft of mother and father, born of a low family, having many wives, friends and sons, and devoted to good works — in the conjunction of the Moon, Mars, Mercury and Saturn ⟨Sauri⟩.

विकलाङ्गः सुकलत्रः सकलसहोऽतीवमानसंयुक्तः। प्राज्ञो बहुमित्रसुखः शशिकुजगुरुभार्गवैः सहितैः

vikalāṅgaḥ sukalatraḥ sakalasaho'tīvamānasaṃyuktaḥ| prājño bahumitrasukhaḥ śaśikujagurubhārgavaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Defective in limb, blessed with a good wife, enduring all things, possessed of exceeding pride, wise, and happy in many friends — when the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus ⟨Bhārgava⟩ are together.

बधिरो धनवाञ्शूरः सोन्मादो वाक्पटुः स्थिरप्रकृतिः। मतिमानुदारचित्तो भौमेन्दुशनैश्चरसुरेज्यैः

badhiro dhanavāñśūraḥ sonmādo vākpaṭuḥ sthiraprakṛtiḥ| matimānudāracitto bhaumenduśanaiścarasurejyaiḥ

Deaf, wealthy, brave, subject to fits of madness, ready in speech, of steady nature, intelligent, and generous of mind — by Mars, the Moon, Saturn ⟨Śanaiścara⟩ and Jupiter ⟨Surejya⟩.

कुलटापतिः प्रगल्भः सर्पाक्षो नित्यमेव सोद्वेगः। जातः पुरुषोऽवश्यं कुजेन्दुयमभार्गवैर्भवति

kulaṭāpatiḥ pragalbhaḥ sarpākṣo nityameva sodvegaḥ| jātaḥ puruṣo'vaśyaṃ kujenduyamabhārgavairbhavati

The husband of an unchaste woman, forward, snake-eyed, and forever in agitation, is the man born — and inevitably so — when Mars, the Moon, Saturn ⟨Yama⟩ and Venus ⟨Bhārgava⟩ ⟨stand together⟩.

विद्वान्विमातृपितृकः सद्रूपो धनयुतोऽतिसुभगश्च। भवति नरो विगतारिर्बुधगुरुशशिभार्गवैः सहितः

vidvānvimātṛpitṛkaḥ sadrūpo dhanayuto'tisubhagaśca| bhavati naro vigatārirbudhaguruśaśibhārgavaiḥ sahitaḥ

Learned, bereft of mother and father, of goodly form, possessed of wealth, and exceedingly attractive; the man is free of enemies — when Mercury, Jupiter, the Moon and Venus ⟨Bhārgava⟩ are together.

कृतधर्मकीर्तिरग्र्यस्तेजस्वी बन्धुवल्लभो मतिमान्। नृपसचिवः प्रवरकविः शशिबुधजीवार्किभिः सहितैः

kṛtadharmakīrtiragryastejasvī bandhuvallabho matimān| nṛpasacivaḥ pravarakaviḥ śaśibudhajīvārkibhiḥ sahitaiḥ

One who has won fame by righteous deeds, foremost, lustrous, dear to his kinsmen, intelligent, a king's counsellor, and a poet of the first rank — when the Moon, Mercury ⟨jña⟩, Jupiter ⟨Jīva⟩ and Saturn ⟨Arki⟩ are together.

परदारगमनशीलो विशीलभार्यो विपन्नबन्धुश्च। प्राज्ञो लोकद्विष्टः स्यादिन्दुबुधार्किभृगुपुत्रैः

paradāragamanaśīlo viśīlabhāryo vipannabandhuśca| prājño lokadviṣṭaḥ syādindubudhārkibhṛguputraiḥ

Given to going after the wives of others, his own wife of bad conduct, his kinsmen fallen to ruin; wise, and hated by the world — by the Moon, Mercury, Saturn ⟨Arki⟩ and Venus ⟨Bhṛgu's son⟩.

मात्रा रहितः सुभगस्त्वग्दोषी दुःखितो भ्रमणशीलः। बहुभाषी सत्यरतः शशिगुरुभृगुसौरिभिः सहितैः

mātrā rahitaḥ subhagastvagdoṣī duḥkhito bhramaṇaśīlaḥ| bahubhāṣī satyarataḥ śaśigurubhṛgusauribhiḥ sahitaiḥ

Bereft of his mother, attractive, afflicted with a disease of the skin, sorrowful, given to wandering, of much speech, and devoted to truth — when the Moon, Jupiter, Venus ⟨Bhṛgu⟩ and Saturn ⟨Sauri⟩ are together.

स्त्रीकलहरुचिर्धनभाक्पूज्यो लोके च शीलसंपन्नः। भवति पुमान्निरुजतनुर्बुधारगुरुभार्गवैः सहितैः

strīkalaharucirdhanabhākpūjyo loke ca śīlasaṃpannaḥ| bhavati pumānnirujatanurbudhāragurubhārgavaiḥ sahitaiḥ

Fond of quarrels with women, a partaker of wealth, honoured in the world, endowed with good conduct, and of a body free from disease — such a man comes to be when Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Venus are joined ⟨in one sign⟩.

शूरो विद्वान्वाग्मी धनरहितः सत्यशौचसंपन्नः। वादी द्वन्द्वसहिष्णुर्मतिमान्सहितैर्बुधारगुरुसौरैः

śūro vidvānvāgmī dhanarahitaḥ satyaśaucasaṃpannaḥ| vādī dvandvasahiṣṇurmatimānsahitairbudhāragurusauraiḥ

⟨He is⟩ brave, learned, eloquent, destitute of wealth, endowed with truth and purity, a disputant, enduring of the pairs of opposites, and of good understanding — when Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are joined.

स्यान्मल्लः परपुष्टः कठिनाङ्गो युद्धदुर्मदः ख्यातः। रमते च सारमेयैर्बुधारयमभार्गवैः सहितैः

syānmallaḥ parapuṣṭaḥ kaṭhināṅgo yuddhadurmadaḥ khyātaḥ| ramate ca sārameyairbudhārayamabhārgavaiḥ sahitaiḥ

He would be a wrestler, one fed by others, hard of limb, frenzied in battle, and renowned; and he takes his pleasure in dogs — when Mercury, Mars, Saturn ⟨yama⟩ and Venus are joined.

तेजस्वी वित्तयुतः स्त्रीलोलः साहसप्रियश्चपलः। भौमगुरुशुक्रसौरैरेकस्थैर्जायते कितवः

tejasvī vittayutaḥ strīlolaḥ sāhasapriyaścapalaḥ| bhaumaguruśukrasaurairekasthairjāyate kitavaḥ

Full of lustre, possessed of wealth, lusting after women, fond of reckless deeds, and fickle — when Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn stand in one place, a gambler is born.

मेधावी श्राद्धरतो रामासक्तो विधेयभृत्यश्च। बुधजीवशुक्रसौरैरेकस्थैस्तीव्रसंयोगे

medhāvī śrāddharato rāmāsakto vidheyabhṛtyaśca| budhajīvaśukrasaurairekasthaistīvrasaṃyoge

⟨He is⟩ intelligent, devoted to the śrāddha ⟨the rite for the ancestors⟩, attached to women, and one whose servants are obedient — when Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn stand in one place, in an intense conjunction.

दुःखी बहुप्रपञ्चो जायाविरहेण तापितशरीरः। भवति पुमानेकस्थै रवीन्दुकुजजीवचन्द्रसुतैः

duḥkhī bahuprapañco jāyāviraheṇa tāpitaśarīraḥ| bhavati pumānekasthai ravīndukujajīvacandrasutaiḥ

Sorrowful, given to much deceit, his body scorched by separation from his wife — such is the man when Sun, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Mercury stand in one place.

परकर्मरतो नित्यं बन्धुसुहृद्भिः कृतो विगतसत्त्वः। क्लीबैर्याति च सख्यं रवीन्दुकुजशुक्रसौम्यैश्च

parakarmarato nityaṃ bandhusuhṛdbhiḥ kṛto vigatasattvaḥ| klībairyāti ca sakhyaṃ ravīndukujaśukrasaumyaiśca

Always ⟨living⟩ off another's work, made devoid of strength ⟨of character⟩ by kinsmen and friends; and he makes friendship with eunuchs — by Sun, Moon, Mars, Venus and Mercury ⟨in one sign⟩.

अल्पायुर्बन्धनभाग्दीनो भवतीह सर्वसुखहीनः। अकलत्रोऽसुतवित्तः सौरदिवाकरबुधेन्दुकुजैः

alpāyurbandhanabhāgdīno bhavatīha sarvasukhahīnaḥ| akalatro'sutavittaḥ sauradivākarabudhendukujaiḥ

Short-lived, liable to bondage, wretched, in this world devoid of every comfort, wifeless, without sons or wealth — by Saturn, Sun, Mercury, Moon and Mars ⟨in one sign⟩.

जात्यन्धो बहुदुःखी मातृपितृभ्यां सदैव सन्त्यक्तः। भवति नरो गेयरुचिः कुजेन्दुगुरुभार्गवार्कैश्च

jātyandho bahuduḥkhī mātṛpitṛbhyāṃ sadaiva santyaktaḥ| bhavati naro geyaruciḥ kujendugurubhārgavārkaiśca

Blind from birth, of much sorrow, forsaken always by mother and father, the man becomes fond of song — by Mars, Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Sun ⟨in one sign⟩.

युद्धकुशलः समर्थः परवित्तहरः परोपतापी च। पिशुनश्चलश्च पुरुषः शनिशशिकुजजीवदिवसेशैः

yuddhakuśalaḥ samarthaḥ paravittaharaḥ paropatāpī ca| piśunaścalaśca puruṣaḥ śaniśaśikujajīvadivaseśaiḥ

Skilled in battle, capable, a seizer of others' wealth and a tormentor of others; a slanderer and unsteady is the man — by Saturn, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Sun ⟨in one sign⟩.

मानार्थविभवहीनो मलिनाचारः पराङ्गनानिरतः। पञ्चभिरेकस्थैः स्याद्दिनेशशशिशुक्रशनिभौमैः

mānārthavibhavahīno malinācāraḥ parāṅganānirataḥ| pañcabhirekasthaiḥ syāddineśaśaśiśukraśanibhaumaiḥ

Devoid of honour, wealth and splendour, of filthy conduct, addicted to other men's wives — so he will be with these five in one place: Sun, Moon, Venus, Saturn and Mars.

यन्त्रज्ञो बहुविभवो नृपसचिवो दण्डनायको वा स्यात्। ख्यातः शुभकीर्तियुतो बुधेन्दुरविजीवशुक्रैश्च

yantrajño bahuvibhavo nṛpasacivo daṇḍanāyako vā syāt| khyātaḥ śubhakīrtiyuto budhenduravijīvaśukraiśca

A knower of machines, of much wealth; he will be a king's minister or a commander of forces; renowned, endowed with fair fame — by Mercury, Moon, Sun, Jupiter and Venus ⟨in one sign⟩.

भीरुः प्रियसन्त्यक्तः सोन्मादो वञ्चनासु निपुणश्च। उग्रः परान्नभोजी बुधेन्दुगुरुसूर्यरविपुत्रैः

bhīruḥ priyasantyaktaḥ sonmādo vañcanāsu nipuṇaśca| ugraḥ parānnabhojī budhendugurusūryaraviputraiḥ

Timid, forsaken by the one dear to him, afflicted with madness, and adept in deceptions; harsh, eating the food of others — by Mercury, Moon, Jupiter, Sun and Saturn ⟨in one sign⟩.

दीर्घो रोमशगात्रो मरणोत्साही सुखार्थसुतहीनः। स्यात्पञ्चभिरेकस्थै रविचन्द्रबुधार्किभृगुपुत्रैः

dīrgho romaśagātro maraṇotsāhī sukhārthasutahīnaḥ| syātpañcabhirekasthai ravicandrabudhārkibhṛguputraiḥ

Tall, hairy-limbed, eager for death, devoid of comfort, wealth and sons — so he will be with five in one place: Sun, Moon, Mercury, Saturn and Venus.

वाग्मीन्द्रजालनिरतश्चलचित्तः स्त्रीषु वल्लभो मतिमान्। बहुशत्रुर्विगतभयो रवीन्दुगुरुशुक्रभानुसुतैः

vāgmīndrajālanirataścalacittaḥ strīṣu vallabho matimān| bahuśatrurvigatabhayo ravīnduguruśukrabhānusutaiḥ

Eloquent, given to conjuring, fickle-minded, beloved among women, intelligent; with many enemies, free from fear — by Sun, Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn ⟨in one sign⟩.

कामी बहुतुरगनरः स्वीकृतसेनापतिर्विगतशोकः। राजप्रियोऽतिसुभगो बुधाररविजीवशुक्रैः स्यात्

kāmī bahuturaganaraḥ svīkṛtasenāpatirvigataśokaḥ| rājapriyo'tisubhago budhāraravijīvaśukraiḥ syāt

Lustful, possessed of many horses and men, taken up as commander of armies, free from grief; dear to the king, exceedingly fortunate — he will be, by Mercury, Mars, Sun, Jupiter and Venus ⟨in one sign⟩.

नित्योद्विग्नो रोगी भिक्षां भुङ्क्ते गृहाद्गृहं गत्वा। जीर्णमलीमसवासा रविकुजबुधजीवरविपुत्रैः

nityodvigno rogī bhikṣāṃ bhuṅkte gṛhādgṛhaṃ gatvā| jīrṇamalīmasavāsā ravikujabudhajīvaraviputraiḥ

Always agitated, diseased, he eats alms going from house to house; his garments worn out and grimy — by Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn ⟨in one sign⟩.

वधबन्धनरोगार्तो विद्वाँल्लोके सुपूजितो भवति। निःस्वो विकलशरीरः कुजशशिबुधशुक्रमन्दैः स्यात्

vadhabandhanarogārto vidvām̐lloke supūjito bhavati| niḥsvo vikalaśarīraḥ kujaśaśibudhaśukramandaiḥ syāt

Afflicted by violence, bondage and disease, ⟨yet⟩ learned and well honoured in the world; penniless, maimed in body — so he will be, by Mars, Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn ⟨in one sign⟩.

व्याधिभिररिभिर्ग्रस्तः स्थानभ्रष्टोऽतिदुःखसन्तप्तः। भ्रमति क्षुभितः पुरुषः कुजार्किरविशुक्रशशितनयैः

vyādhibhiraribhirgrastaḥ sthānabhraṣṭo'tiduḥkhasantaptaḥ| bhramati kṣubhitaḥ puruṣaḥ kujārkiraviśukraśaśitanayaiḥ

Seized by diseases and by enemies, fallen from his station, scorched by extreme sorrow, the man wanders about distraught — by Mars, Saturn, Sun, Venus and Mercury ⟨in one sign⟩.

प्रेष्यो मूर्खः क्लीबो मलिनाचारोऽतिदुर्भगो विकलः। भवति नरो धनरहितः शशिकुजगुरुशुक्ररवितनयैः

preṣyo mūrkhaḥ klībo malinācāro'tidurbhago vikalaḥ| bhavati naro dhanarahitaḥ śaśikujaguruśukraravitanayaiḥ

A servant, a fool, impotent, of filthy conduct, exceedingly luckless, crippled; the man becomes destitute of wealth — by Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn ⟨in one sign⟩.

जलयन्त्रधातुपारदरसायनेष्वतिपटुः पुमान् भवति। एभिः प्रसिद्धकर्मा क्षितिसुतरविजीवसितसौरैः

jalayantradhātupāradarasāyaneṣvatipaṭuḥ pumān bhavati| ebhiḥ prasiddhakarmā kṣitisutaravijīvasitasauraiḥ

The man becomes exceedingly skilled in water-machines, metals, quicksilver and alchemy, and renowned in his work — by these: Mars, Sun, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn.

बहुशास्त्रज्ञानपटुर्मित्रहितः संमतो गुरूणां च। धर्मपरः कारुणिकः सूर्यासितशुक्रबुधजीवैः

bahuśāstrajñānapaṭurmitrahitaḥ saṃmato gurūṇāṃ ca| dharmaparaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sūryāsitaśukrabudhajīvaiḥ

Skilled in the knowledge of many śāstras, a benefactor of friends, esteemed by his elders; devoted to dharma, compassionate — by Sun, Saturn, Venus, Mercury and Jupiter ⟨in one sign⟩.

साधुः कल्यशरीरो विद्याधनसत्यसौख्यसम्पन्नः। बन्धुहितो बहुमित्रो बुधेन्दुकुजजीवभृगुपुत्रैः

sādhuḥ kalyaśarīro vidyādhanasatyasaukhyasampannaḥ| bandhuhito bahumitro budhendukujajīvabhṛguputraiḥ

Virtuous, sound of body, endowed with learning, wealth, truth and happiness; a benefactor of his kinsmen, with many friends — by Mercury, Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venus ⟨in one sign⟩.

तिमिरामयी दरिद्रः परान्नमभियाचते सदा दीनः। मलिनयति बन्धुवर्गं कुजार्किबुधजीवहिमकिरणैः

timirāmayī daridraḥ parānnamabhiyācate sadā dīnaḥ| malinayati bandhuvargaṃ kujārkibudhajīvahimakiraṇaiḥ

Afflicted with timira ⟨the sight-dimming eye-disease⟩, poor, forever begging the food of others, wretched; he besmirches the whole circle of his kinsmen — by Mars, Saturn, Mercury, Jupiter and Moon ⟨in one sign⟩.

बहुशत्रुमित्रपक्षः परार्थहितकृद्विषमशीलः। एकस्थैरतिमानी बुधेन्दुकुजशुक्ररविपुत्रैः

bahuśatrumitrapakṣaḥ parārthahitakṛdviṣamaśīlaḥ| ekasthairatimānī budhendukujaśukraraviputraiḥ

Having a large party of both enemies and friends, working good for others' sake, of uneven temper; exceedingly proud — when these stand in one place: Mercury, Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn.

नृपमन्त्री नृपतिसमो गणनाथः सर्वलोकपूज्यश्च। एकर्क्षे भवति नरश्चन्द्रेन्दुजजीवशनिशुक्रैः

nṛpamantrī nṛpatisamo gaṇanāthaḥ sarvalokapūjyaśca| ekarkṣe bhavati naraścandrendujajīvaśaniśukraiḥ

A king's minister, the equal of a king, a chief of a corporation, and honoured by all the world — such a man is born when in one ṛkṣa ⟨sign⟩ stand Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Saturn and Venus.

सुमनस्कः सोन्मादो राज्ञामतिवल्लभो विगतशोकः। निद्रातुरो दरिद्रः कुजगुरुबुधशुक्ररविपुत्रैः

sumanaskaḥ sonmādo rājñāmativallabho vigataśokaḥ| nidrāturo daridraḥ kujagurubudhaśukraraviputraiḥ

Cheerful of mind, afflicted with madness, exceedingly dear to kings, free from grief; overcome by sleep, poor — by Mars, Jupiter, Mercury, Venus and Saturn ⟨in one sign⟩.

विद्याधनधर्मरतः क्षामो बहुभाषकोविकृष्टमतिः। एकभवनोपयातैर्बुधेन्दुरव्यारगुरुशुक्रैः

vidyādhanadharmarataḥ kṣāmo bahubhāṣakovikṛṣṭamatiḥ| ekabhavanopayātairbudhenduravyāraguruśukraiḥ

Devoted to learning, to wealth and to dharma, lean of body, a great talker, of far-reaching intellect — ⟨such is he born⟩ when Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Venus have come together into one house (bhavana).

दाता परकार्यकरश्चलस्वभावो विशुद्धसत्त्वश्च। रमते विजनोद्देशे रवीन्दुवक्रज्ञगुरुरविजैः

dātā parakāryakaraścalasvabhāvo viśuddhasattvaśca| ramate vijanoddeśe ravīnduvakrajñagururavijaiḥ

Liberal, a doer of others' work, of unsteady nature and of pure sattva; he takes his pleasure in solitary places — ⟨when⟩ the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn ⟨have come together into one house⟩.

चोरः परदाररतः कुष्ठी स्वजनैर्निराकृतो मूर्खः। स्थानभ्रष्टो विसुतो बुधेन्दुरव्यारशनिशुक्रैः

coraḥ paradārarataḥ kuṣṭhī svajanairnirākṛto mūrkhaḥ| sthānabhraṣṭo visuto budhenduravyāraśaniśukraiḥ

A thief, given to other men's wives, a leper, cast off by his own kin, a fool, fallen from his station, sonless — ⟨when⟩ Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mars, Saturn and Venus ⟨have come together into one house⟩.

नीचः परकर्मरतः क्षयरोगीश्वासकासपरिभूतः। निन्द्यः स्याद्बन्धूनां सितेन्दुरव्यारगुरुरविजैः

nīcaḥ parakarmarataḥ kṣayarogīśvāsakāsaparibhūtaḥ| nindyaḥ syādbandhūnāṃ sitenduravyāragururavijaiḥ

Base, given over to others' work, consumptive, overcome by asthma and cough, he is one to be censured by his own kinsmen — ⟨when⟩ Venus, the Moon, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn ⟨have come together into one house⟩.

मन्त्री नृपस्य सुभगः क्षान्तियुतो भवति शोकपरितप्तः। अकलत्रो धनरहितो रवीन्दुबुधजीवसितसौरैः

mantrī nṛpasya subhagaḥ kṣāntiyuto bhavati śokaparitaptaḥ| akalatro dhanarahito ravīndubudhajīvasitasauraiḥ

A minister of the king, fortunate, endowed with forbearance; ⟨yet⟩ he becomes consumed with grief, without a wife, bereft of wealth — ⟨when⟩ the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn ⟨have come together into one house⟩.

तीर्थेषु सदा रमते पुत्रैर्नित्यं धनेन रहितश्च। वनपर्वतोपसेवी बुधाररविजीवशनिशुक्रैः

tīrtheṣu sadā ramate putrairnityaṃ dhanena rahitaśca| vanaparvatopasevī budhāraravijīvaśaniśukraiḥ

He ever takes delight in sacred fords (tīrtha), is constantly bereft of sons and of wealth, and resorts to forests and mountains — ⟨when⟩ Mercury, Mars, the Sun, Jupiter, Saturn and Venus ⟨have come together into one house⟩.

नित्यं शुचिः प्रतापी बहुयुवतिरतो नृपप्रियो मन्त्री। धनसुतसौभाग्ययुतः कुजार्किसितचन्द्रबुधजीवैः

nityaṃ śuciḥ pratāpī bahuyuvatirato nṛpapriyo mantrī| dhanasutasaubhāgyayutaḥ kujārkisitacandrabudhajīvaiḥ

Always pure, full of blazing majesty, delighting in many young women, dear to the king, a minister, possessed of wealth, sons and good fortune — ⟨when⟩ Mars, Saturn, Venus, the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter ⟨have come together into one house⟩.

प्रायो दरिद्रदुःखी मूर्खः षट्पञ्चसंयुतैर्विहगैः। अन्योन्यदर्शनादपि फलमेतत्कन्दलाः प्राहुः

prāyo daridraduḥkhī mūrkhaḥ ṣaṭpañcasaṃyutairvihagaiḥ| anyonyadarśanādapi phalametatkandalāḥ prāhuḥ

For the most part poor, wretched and a fool ⟨is the native⟩ when six or five of the sky-goers (vihaga — the grahas) are joined together; and this same result ⟨follows⟩ even from their mutual aspect: so the Kandalas declare.

योगा विभक्ताश्चतुरादिसंस्थैर्व्यासाद्ग्रहैः कैरपि तापसानाम्। जन्मादि तेषामपरैर्मुनीन्द्रैः संवेदितं तत्कथयाम्यशेषात्

yogā vibhaktāścaturādisaṃsthairvyāsādgrahaiḥ kairapi tāpasānām| janmādi teṣāmaparairmunīndraiḥ saṃveditaṃ tatkathayāmyaśeṣāt

Some ⟨teachers⟩ have set out at length the yogas of ascetics by grahas standing ⟨together⟩ from four upwards; the birth and the rest concerning such men has been made known by other lords among sages — that I shall tell without leaving anything out.

सूर्येन्दुशुक्रार्यमहीसुतेषु सूर्येन्दुसोमात्मजभूमिजेषु। एकस्थितेषु प्रभवेत्तपस्वी भान्वारमन्दज्ञसितेषु चैव

sūryenduśukrāryamahīsuteṣu sūryendusomātmajabhūmijeṣu| ekasthiteṣu prabhavettapasvī bhānvāramandajñasiteṣu caiva

Sun, Moon, Venus, Jupiter and Mars; Sun, Moon, Mercury and Mars; and likewise Sun, Mars, Saturn, Mercury and Venus — when these stand in one ⟨sign⟩, an ascetic is born.

कुजेन्दुसूर्यज्ञपुरोहितैश्च तीक्ष्णांशुचन्द्रार्किशशाङ्कजैश्च। सूर्येन्दुभूपुत्रशनैश्चरैः स्यादेकर्क्षगैः प्रव्रजितो मनुष्यः

kujendusūryajñapurohitaiśca tīkṣṇāṃśucandrārkiśaśāṅkajaiśca| sūryendubhūputraśanaiścaraiḥ syādekarkṣagaiḥ pravrajito manuṣyaḥ

Mars, Moon, Sun, Mercury and Jupiter ⟨the purohita⟩; Sun, Moon, Saturn and Mercury; Sun, Moon, Mars and Saturn — with these gone into one sign, a man becomes a renunciate.

आदित्यगुर्वार्किशशाङ्कपुत्रा भौमार्कचन्द्रात्मजसूरयश्च। एकर्क्षसंस्थास्तपसि स्थितानां कुर्वन्ति जन्मप्रसवे ग्रहेन्द्राः

ādityagurvārkiśaśāṅkaputrā bhaumārkacandrātmajasūrayaśca| ekarkṣasaṃsthāstapasi sthitānāṃ kurvanti janmaprasave grahendrāḥ

Sun, Jupiter, Saturn and Mercury; Mars, Sun, Mercury and Jupiter — these lords of grahas, standing in one sign, bring about at birth the nativity of men set in penance.

सितार्कभौमार्कसुता महाबलाः सुरेज्यभूपुत्रकसूर्य सौरयः। कुजेन्दुवागीशशनैश्चरा इमे समं गता वै जनयन्ति तापसम्

sitārkabhaumārkasutā mahābalāḥ surejyabhūputrakasūrya saurayaḥ| kujenduvāgīśaśanaiścarā ime samaṃ gatā vai janayanti tāpasam

Venus, Sun, Mars and Saturn, of great strength; Jupiter, Mars, Sun and Saturn; Mars, Moon, Jupiter and Saturn — these, gone together ⟨into one sign⟩, do indeed produce an ascetic.

कुजार्किसोमात्मजदेववन्दितैः कुजार्किचन्द्रात्मजसूर्यभार्गवैः। रवीन्दुभौमासितदानवप्रियैर्भवन्ति सूता व्रतसंयुता नराः

kujārkisomātmajadevavanditaiḥ kujārkicandrātmajasūryabhārgavaiḥ| ravīndubhaumāsitadānavapriyairbhavanti sūtā vratasaṃyutā narāḥ

Mars, Saturn, Mercury and Jupiter; Mars, Saturn, Mercury, Sun and Venus; Sun, Moon, Mars, Saturn and Venus — ⟨by these⟩ men are born who are joined to vows.

सितारसूर्यात्मजजीवभास्करैः कुजेन्दुदेवेड्यबुधार्कनन्दनैः। सितेन्दुपुत्रार्किशशाङ्कभूमिजैर्भवेत्तपस्वी वनपर्वताश्रयः

sitārasūryātmajajīvabhāskaraiḥ kujendudeveḍyabudhārkanandanaiḥ| sitenduputrārkiśaśāṅkabhūmijairbhavettapasvī vanaparvatāśrayaḥ

Venus, Mars, Saturn, Jupiter and Sun; Mars, Moon, Jupiter, Mercury and Saturn; Venus, Mercury, Saturn, Moon and Mars — ⟨by these⟩ he becomes an ascetic taking shelter in forests and mountains.

चन्द्रेन्दुपुत्रारसुरेड्यभास्करैः शशाङ्कसूर्येन्दुजशुक्रभूमिजैः। स्थितैरमीभिः सहितैर्नृसम्भवा भवन्ति वन्द्या मुनयोऽन्नदूषकाः

candrenduputrārasureḍyabhāskaraiḥ śaśāṅkasūryendujaśukrabhūmijaiḥ| sthitairamībhiḥ sahitairnṛsambhavā bhavanti vandyā munayo'nnadūṣakāḥ

Moon, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter and Sun; Moon, Sun, Mercury, Venus and Mars — with these standing together, the men born become venerable sages who find fault with food.

रवीन्दुभौमेन्दुजजीवभार्गवैः शशाङ्कभौमार्किबुधेड्यभास्करैः। कुजेन्दुसूर्यार्किसितेन्दुसम्भवैर्भवेदमीभिः सहितैर्नरो व्रती

ravīndubhaumendujajīvabhārgavaiḥ śaśāṅkabhaumārkibudheḍyabhāskaraiḥ| kujendusūryārkisitendusambhavairbhavedamībhiḥ sahitairnaro vratī

Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus; Moon, Mars, Saturn, Mercury, Jupiter and Sun; Mars, Moon, Sun, Saturn, Venus and Mercury — with these together a man becomes an observer of vows.

सितेन्दुजीवार्कजसूर्यलोहितैः सितार्कभौमार्किशशाङ्कसोमजैः। एकत्र यातैर्गगनेचरैः सदा भवन्ति जाता मुनयो यशस्विनः